| 1 | /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 |
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 10 | any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to |
| 19 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
| 20 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */ |
| 23 | /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */ |
| 24 | |
| 25 | #include <config.h> |
| 26 | |
| 27 | /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */ |
| 28 | /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */ |
| 29 | #include <signal.h> |
| 30 | |
| 31 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 32 | |
| 33 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
| 34 | |
| 35 | #include "lisp.h" |
| 36 | #include "blockinput.h" |
| 37 | |
| 38 | /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required |
| 39 | by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */ |
| 40 | #include "syssignal.h" |
| 41 | |
| 42 | /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses |
| 43 | if this is not done before the other system files. */ |
| 44 | #include "xterm.h" |
| 45 | #include <X11/cursorfont.h> |
| 46 | |
| 47 | /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded. |
| 48 | In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */ |
| 49 | #ifndef makedev |
| 50 | #include <sys/types.h> |
| 51 | #endif /* makedev */ |
| 52 | |
| 53 | #ifdef BSD_SYSTEM |
| 54 | #include <sys/ioctl.h> |
| 55 | #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */ |
| 56 | |
| 57 | #include "systty.h" |
| 58 | #include "systime.h" |
| 59 | |
| 60 | #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL |
| 61 | #include <fcntl.h> |
| 62 | #endif |
| 63 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 64 | #include <errno.h> |
| 65 | #include <setjmp.h> |
| 66 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 67 | /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */ |
| 68 | /* #include <sys/param.h> */ |
| 69 | |
| 70 | #include "charset.h" |
| 71 | #include "coding.h" |
| 72 | #include "ccl.h" |
| 73 | #include "frame.h" |
| 74 | #include "dispextern.h" |
| 75 | #include "fontset.h" |
| 76 | #include "termhooks.h" |
| 77 | #include "termopts.h" |
| 78 | #include "termchar.h" |
| 79 | #if 0 |
| 80 | #include "sink.h" |
| 81 | #include "sinkmask.h" |
| 82 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 83 | #include "gnu.h" |
| 84 | #include "disptab.h" |
| 85 | #include "buffer.h" |
| 86 | #include "window.h" |
| 87 | #include "keyboard.h" |
| 88 | #include "intervals.h" |
| 89 | #include "process.h" |
| 90 | #include "atimer.h" |
| 91 | |
| 92 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 93 | #include <X11/Shell.h> |
| 94 | #endif |
| 95 | |
| 96 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H |
| 97 | #include <sys/time.h> |
| 98 | #endif |
| 99 | #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
| 100 | #include <unistd.h> |
| 101 | #endif |
| 102 | |
| 103 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 104 | |
| 105 | extern void free_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 106 | extern struct frame *x_menubar_window_to_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 107 | int)); |
| 108 | |
| 109 | #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES) |
| 110 | #define HACK_EDITRES |
| 111 | extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (); |
| 112 | #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */ |
| 113 | |
| 114 | /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */ |
| 115 | |
| 116 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 117 | #if defined USE_MOTIF |
| 118 | #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */ |
| 119 | #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h> |
| 120 | #include <Xm/ScrollBarP.h> |
| 121 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 122 | |
| 123 | #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D |
| 124 | #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h> |
| 125 | #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h> |
| 126 | #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR |
| 127 | #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h> |
| 128 | #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */ |
| 129 | #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h> |
| 130 | #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h> |
| 131 | #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */ |
| 132 | #ifndef XtNpickTop |
| 133 | #define XtNpickTop "pickTop" |
| 134 | #endif /* !XtNpickTop */ |
| 135 | #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ |
| 136 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 137 | |
| 138 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 139 | |
| 140 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 141 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 142 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 143 | #endif |
| 144 | |
| 145 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 146 | #include "widget.h" |
| 147 | #ifndef XtNinitialState |
| 148 | #define XtNinitialState "initialState" |
| 149 | #endif |
| 150 | #endif |
| 151 | |
| 152 | #ifndef min |
| 153 | #define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 154 | #endif |
| 155 | #ifndef max |
| 156 | #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 157 | #endif |
| 158 | |
| 159 | #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x)) |
| 160 | |
| 161 | #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER)) |
| 162 | |
| 163 | \f |
| 164 | /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */ |
| 165 | |
| 166 | enum bitmap_type |
| 167 | { |
| 168 | NO_BITMAP, |
| 169 | LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, |
| 170 | RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, |
| 171 | OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP, |
| 172 | CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP, |
| 173 | CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP, |
| 174 | ZV_LINE_BITMAP |
| 175 | }; |
| 176 | |
| 177 | /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if |
| 178 | `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */ |
| 179 | |
| 180 | #define zv_width 8 |
| 181 | #define zv_height 8 |
| 182 | static unsigned char zv_bits[] = { |
| 183 | 0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00}; |
| 184 | |
| 185 | /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */ |
| 186 | |
| 187 | #define left_width 8 |
| 188 | #define left_height 8 |
| 189 | static unsigned char left_bits[] = { |
| 190 | 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18}; |
| 191 | |
| 192 | /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */ |
| 193 | |
| 194 | #define right_width 8 |
| 195 | #define right_height 8 |
| 196 | static unsigned char right_bits[] = { |
| 197 | 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18}; |
| 198 | |
| 199 | /* Marker for continued lines. */ |
| 200 | |
| 201 | #define continued_width 8 |
| 202 | #define continued_height 8 |
| 203 | static unsigned char continued_bits[] = { |
| 204 | 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c}; |
| 205 | |
| 206 | /* Marker for continuation lines. */ |
| 207 | |
| 208 | #define continuation_width 8 |
| 209 | #define continuation_height 8 |
| 210 | static unsigned char continuation_bits[] = { |
| 211 | 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e}; |
| 212 | |
| 213 | /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */ |
| 214 | |
| 215 | #if 0 |
| 216 | /* A bomb. */ |
| 217 | #define ov_width 8 |
| 218 | #define ov_height 8 |
| 219 | static unsigned char ov_bits[] = { |
| 220 | 0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c}; |
| 221 | #else |
| 222 | /* A triangular arrow. */ |
| 223 | #define ov_width 8 |
| 224 | #define ov_height 8 |
| 225 | static unsigned char ov_bits[] = { |
| 226 | 0x03, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x03}; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | #endif |
| 229 | |
| 230 | extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo; |
| 231 | |
| 232 | \f |
| 233 | /* Non-zero means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */ |
| 234 | |
| 235 | int x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p; |
| 236 | |
| 237 | /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string. |
| 238 | (The display is done in read_char.) */ |
| 239 | |
| 240 | static Lisp_Object help_echo; |
| 241 | static Lisp_Object help_echo_window; |
| 242 | static Lisp_Object help_echo_object; |
| 243 | static int help_echo_pos; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */ |
| 246 | |
| 247 | static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo; |
| 248 | |
| 249 | /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs |
| 250 | start. */ |
| 251 | |
| 252 | static int any_help_event_p; |
| 253 | |
| 254 | /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph |
| 255 | under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be |
| 256 | drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */ |
| 257 | |
| 258 | int x_stretch_cursor_p; |
| 259 | |
| 260 | /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in |
| 261 | use. */ |
| 262 | |
| 263 | struct x_display_info *x_display_list; |
| 264 | |
| 265 | /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME |
| 266 | . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in |
| 267 | the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE |
| 268 | records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ |
| 269 | |
| 270 | Lisp_Object x_display_name_list; |
| 271 | |
| 272 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
| 273 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions. |
| 274 | It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT |
| 275 | functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */ |
| 276 | |
| 277 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
| 278 | |
| 279 | extern int waiting_for_input; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */ |
| 282 | |
| 283 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; |
| 284 | |
| 285 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 286 | /* The application context for Xt use. */ |
| 287 | XtAppContext Xt_app_con; |
| 288 | static String Xt_default_resources[] = {0}; |
| 289 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 290 | |
| 291 | /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. |
| 292 | HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates. |
| 293 | X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */ |
| 294 | |
| 295 | struct cursor_pos output_cursor; |
| 296 | |
| 297 | /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */ |
| 298 | |
| 299 | static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction; |
| 300 | |
| 301 | /* Mouse movement. |
| 302 | |
| 303 | Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask) |
| 304 | so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify |
| 305 | event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking |
| 306 | slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop. |
| 307 | |
| 308 | Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better. |
| 309 | |
| 310 | In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most |
| 311 | of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask |
| 312 | the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only |
| 313 | one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by |
| 314 | other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for |
| 315 | example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we |
| 316 | get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This |
| 317 | is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse |
| 318 | tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking |
| 319 | is off. */ |
| 320 | |
| 321 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ |
| 322 | |
| 323 | FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; |
| 324 | static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph; |
| 325 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. |
| 328 | |
| 329 | If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so |
| 330 | XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
| 331 | an ordinary motion. |
| 332 | |
| 333 | If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set |
| 334 | this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion |
| 335 | event. */ |
| 336 | |
| 337 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
| 338 | |
| 339 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would |
| 340 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
| 341 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server |
| 342 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time |
| 343 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that |
| 344 | it's somewhat accurate. */ |
| 345 | |
| 346 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 347 | |
| 348 | /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read |
| 349 | events. */ |
| 350 | |
| 351 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
| 352 | static int volatile input_signal_count; |
| 353 | #else |
| 354 | static int input_signal_count; |
| 355 | #endif |
| 356 | |
| 357 | /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */ |
| 358 | |
| 359 | static int x_noop_count; |
| 360 | |
| 361 | /* Initial values of argv and argc. */ |
| 362 | |
| 363 | extern char **initial_argv; |
| 364 | extern int initial_argc; |
| 365 | |
| 366 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
| 367 | |
| 368 | /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ |
| 369 | |
| 370 | extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; |
| 371 | |
| 372 | extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; |
| 373 | |
| 374 | extern int errno; |
| 375 | |
| 376 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
| 377 | |
| 378 | extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
| 379 | |
| 380 | static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; |
| 381 | |
| 382 | extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources P_ ((Display *, char *, char *, char *)); |
| 383 | extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 384 | |
| 385 | |
| 386 | /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing |
| 387 | glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */ |
| 388 | |
| 389 | enum draw_glyphs_face |
| 390 | { |
| 391 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 392 | DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO, |
| 393 | DRAW_CURSOR, |
| 394 | DRAW_MOUSE_FACE, |
| 395 | DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED, |
| 396 | DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 397 | }; |
| 398 | |
| 399 | static const XColor *x_color_cells P_ ((struct frame *, int *)); |
| 400 | static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 401 | static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *)); |
| 402 | void x_delete_display P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); |
| 403 | static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 404 | unsigned)); |
| 405 | static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *, |
| 406 | int *, int *)); |
| 407 | static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *)); |
| 408 | static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int, |
| 409 | int *, int *, int *)); |
| 410 | static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 411 | static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); |
| 412 | static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int)); |
| 413 | static void x_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *, XButtonEvent *)); |
| 414 | static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 415 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 416 | static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *)); |
| 417 | int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *)); |
| 418 | void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int)); |
| 419 | void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 420 | void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 421 | int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *)); |
| 422 | void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int)); |
| 423 | void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 424 | void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); |
| 425 | void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 426 | void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 427 | void x_initialize P_ ((void)); |
| 428 | static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *)); |
| 429 | static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 430 | static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *, |
| 431 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 432 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 433 | static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 434 | static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 435 | static void XTreassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int)); |
| 436 | static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int)); |
| 437 | static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 438 | static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 439 | static void XTcursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int)); |
| 440 | static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
| 441 | static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int)); |
| 442 | static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void)); |
| 443 | static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 444 | static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 445 | static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 446 | static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *)); |
| 447 | static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 448 | static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); |
| 449 | static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 450 | static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int)); |
| 451 | static int x_intersect_rectangles P_ ((XRectangle *, XRectangle *, |
| 452 | XRectangle *)); |
| 453 | static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int)); |
| 454 | static void expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *)); |
| 455 | static void expose_window P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *)); |
| 456 | static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 457 | XRectangle *, enum glyph_row_area)); |
| 458 | static void expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 459 | XRectangle *)); |
| 460 | static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 461 | static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 462 | static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 463 | void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
| 464 | static void x_draw_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 465 | enum bitmap_type)); |
| 466 | |
| 467 | static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 468 | GC, int)); |
| 469 | static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *)); |
| 470 | static void x_draw_row_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 471 | static void note_overwritten_text_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 472 | static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f)); |
| 473 | static void x_update_begin P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 474 | static void x_update_window_begin P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 475 | static void x_draw_vertical_border P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 476 | static void x_after_update_window_line P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); |
| 477 | static INLINE void take_vertical_position_into_account P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 478 | static void x_produce_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 479 | |
| 480 | |
| 481 | /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */ |
| 482 | |
| 483 | static void |
| 484 | x_flush (f) |
| 485 | struct frame *f; |
| 486 | { |
| 487 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 488 | if (f == NULL) |
| 489 | { |
| 490 | Lisp_Object rest, frame; |
| 491 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame) |
| 492 | x_flush (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | else if (FRAME_X_P (f)) |
| 495 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 496 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 497 | } |
| 498 | |
| 499 | |
| 500 | /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement. |
| 501 | Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer |
| 502 | is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending, |
| 503 | XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page. |
| 504 | XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves |
| 505 | performance. */ |
| 506 | |
| 507 | #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0 |
| 508 | |
| 509 | \f |
| 510 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 511 | Debugging |
| 512 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 513 | |
| 514 | #if 0 |
| 515 | |
| 516 | /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about |
| 517 | the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ |
| 518 | |
| 519 | struct record |
| 520 | { |
| 521 | char *locus; |
| 522 | int type; |
| 523 | }; |
| 524 | |
| 525 | struct record event_record[100]; |
| 526 | |
| 527 | int event_record_index; |
| 528 | |
| 529 | record_event (locus, type) |
| 530 | char *locus; |
| 531 | int type; |
| 532 | { |
| 533 | if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) |
| 534 | event_record_index = 0; |
| 535 | |
| 536 | event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; |
| 537 | event_record[event_record_index].type = type; |
| 538 | event_record_index++; |
| 539 | } |
| 540 | |
| 541 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 542 | |
| 543 | |
| 544 | \f |
| 545 | /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */ |
| 546 | |
| 547 | struct x_display_info * |
| 548 | x_display_info_for_display (dpy) |
| 549 | Display *dpy; |
| 550 | { |
| 551 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 552 | |
| 553 | for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
| 554 | if (dpyinfo->display == dpy) |
| 555 | return dpyinfo; |
| 556 | |
| 557 | return 0; |
| 558 | } |
| 559 | |
| 560 | |
| 561 | \f |
| 562 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 563 | Starting and ending an update |
| 564 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 565 | |
| 566 | /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook |
| 567 | for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. |
| 568 | This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for |
| 569 | each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here |
| 570 | because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */ |
| 571 | |
| 572 | static void |
| 573 | x_update_begin (f) |
| 574 | struct frame *f; |
| 575 | { |
| 576 | /* Nothing to do. */ |
| 577 | } |
| 578 | |
| 579 | |
| 580 | /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window |
| 581 | to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor |
| 582 | position of W. */ |
| 583 | |
| 584 | static void |
| 585 | x_update_window_begin (w) |
| 586 | struct window *w; |
| 587 | { |
| 588 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 589 | struct x_display_info *display_info = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 590 | |
| 591 | updated_window = w; |
| 592 | set_output_cursor (&w->cursor); |
| 593 | |
| 594 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 595 | |
| 596 | if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 597 | { |
| 598 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
| 599 | display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
| 600 | |
| 601 | /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse |
| 602 | highlighting. */ |
| 603 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 604 | display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 605 | |
| 606 | #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have |
| 607 | their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always |
| 608 | unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that |
| 609 | flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never |
| 610 | scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off |
| 611 | here to prevent it from being scrolled. */ |
| 612 | |
| 613 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window |
| 614 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. |
| 615 | Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; |
| 616 | in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use |
| 617 | is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ |
| 618 | if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window) |
| 619 | && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window)) |
| 620 | { |
| 621 | int i; |
| 622 | |
| 623 | for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 624 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i)) |
| 625 | break; |
| 626 | |
| 627 | if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 628 | clear_mouse_face (display_info); |
| 629 | } |
| 630 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 631 | } |
| 632 | |
| 633 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 634 | } |
| 635 | |
| 636 | |
| 637 | /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't |
| 638 | have vertical scroll bars. */ |
| 639 | |
| 640 | static void |
| 641 | x_draw_vertical_border (w) |
| 642 | struct window *w; |
| 643 | { |
| 644 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 645 | |
| 646 | /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't |
| 647 | do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the |
| 648 | right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its |
| 649 | neighbor will suffice as a border. */ |
| 650 | if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w) |
| 651 | && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 652 | { |
| 653 | int x0, x1, y0, y1; |
| 654 | |
| 655 | window_box_edges (w, -1, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1); |
| 656 | x1 += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 657 | y1 -= 1; |
| 658 | |
| 659 | XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 660 | f->output_data.x->normal_gc, x1, y0, x1, y1); |
| 661 | } |
| 662 | } |
| 663 | |
| 664 | |
| 665 | /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). |
| 666 | |
| 667 | Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and |
| 668 | display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. |
| 669 | |
| 670 | MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing |
| 671 | glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to |
| 672 | make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn. |
| 673 | |
| 674 | W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit |
| 675 | support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it |
| 676 | here. */ |
| 677 | |
| 678 | static void |
| 679 | x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 680 | struct window *w; |
| 681 | int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 682 | { |
| 683 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 684 | { |
| 685 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo |
| 686 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 687 | |
| 688 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 689 | |
| 690 | /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for |
| 691 | XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */ |
| 692 | if (mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 693 | { |
| 694 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 695 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 696 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 697 | } |
| 698 | |
| 699 | if (cursor_on_p) |
| 700 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, |
| 701 | output_cursor.vpos, |
| 702 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 703 | |
| 704 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 705 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 706 | } |
| 707 | |
| 708 | updated_window = NULL; |
| 709 | } |
| 710 | |
| 711 | |
| 712 | /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in |
| 713 | update_end. */ |
| 714 | |
| 715 | static void |
| 716 | x_update_end (f) |
| 717 | struct frame *f; |
| 718 | { |
| 719 | /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ |
| 720 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 721 | |
| 722 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 723 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 724 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 725 | } |
| 726 | |
| 727 | |
| 728 | /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a |
| 729 | complete update has been performed. The global variable |
| 730 | updated_window is not available here. */ |
| 731 | |
| 732 | static void |
| 733 | XTframe_up_to_date (f) |
| 734 | struct frame *f; |
| 735 | { |
| 736 | if (FRAME_X_P (f)) |
| 737 | { |
| 738 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 739 | |
| 740 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
| 741 | || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 742 | { |
| 743 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 744 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 745 | note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
| 746 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 747 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 748 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 749 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 750 | } |
| 751 | } |
| 752 | } |
| 753 | |
| 754 | |
| 755 | /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay |
| 756 | arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed |
| 757 | before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is |
| 758 | found in updated_window. This function It is called from |
| 759 | update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences |
| 760 | between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */ |
| 761 | |
| 762 | static void |
| 763 | x_after_update_window_line (desired_row) |
| 764 | struct glyph_row *desired_row; |
| 765 | { |
| 766 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 767 | |
| 768 | xassert (w); |
| 769 | |
| 770 | if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 771 | { |
| 772 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 773 | x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, desired_row); |
| 774 | |
| 775 | /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of |
| 776 | full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */ |
| 777 | if (windows_or_buffers_changed) |
| 778 | { |
| 779 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 780 | int width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 781 | int height = desired_row->visible_height; |
| 782 | int x = (window_box_right (w, -1) |
| 783 | + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)); |
| 784 | int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); |
| 785 | |
| 786 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 787 | x, y, width, height, False); |
| 788 | } |
| 789 | |
| 790 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 791 | } |
| 792 | } |
| 793 | |
| 794 | |
| 795 | /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of |
| 796 | window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it |
| 797 | determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be |
| 798 | drawn. */ |
| 799 | |
| 800 | static void |
| 801 | x_draw_bitmap (w, row, which) |
| 802 | struct window *w; |
| 803 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 804 | enum bitmap_type which; |
| 805 | { |
| 806 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 807 | Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 808 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 809 | int x, y, wd, h, dy; |
| 810 | unsigned char *bits; |
| 811 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 812 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 813 | struct face *face; |
| 814 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)); |
| 815 | |
| 816 | /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ |
| 817 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 1); |
| 818 | |
| 819 | switch (which) |
| 820 | { |
| 821 | case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: |
| 822 | wd = left_width; |
| 823 | h = left_height; |
| 824 | bits = left_bits; |
| 825 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 826 | - wd |
| 827 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 828 | break; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP: |
| 831 | wd = left_width; |
| 832 | h = left_height; |
| 833 | bits = ov_bits; |
| 834 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 835 | - wd |
| 836 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 837 | break; |
| 838 | |
| 839 | case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: |
| 840 | wd = right_width; |
| 841 | h = right_height; |
| 842 | bits = right_bits; |
| 843 | x = window_box_right (w, -1); |
| 844 | x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2; |
| 845 | break; |
| 846 | |
| 847 | case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 848 | wd = right_width; |
| 849 | h = right_height; |
| 850 | bits = continued_bits; |
| 851 | x = window_box_right (w, -1); |
| 852 | x += (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2; |
| 853 | break; |
| 854 | |
| 855 | case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 856 | wd = continuation_width; |
| 857 | h = continuation_height; |
| 858 | bits = continuation_bits; |
| 859 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 860 | - wd |
| 861 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 862 | break; |
| 863 | |
| 864 | case ZV_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 865 | wd = zv_width; |
| 866 | h = zv_height; |
| 867 | bits = zv_bits; |
| 868 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 869 | - wd |
| 870 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 871 | break; |
| 872 | |
| 873 | default: |
| 874 | abort (); |
| 875 | } |
| 876 | |
| 877 | /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to |
| 878 | start drawing the bitmap. */ |
| 879 | y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 880 | dy = (row->height - h) / 2; |
| 881 | |
| 882 | /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached |
| 883 | by the server. */ |
| 884 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID); |
| 885 | pixmap = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display, window, bits, wd, h, |
| 886 | face->foreground, |
| 887 | face->background, depth); |
| 888 | XCopyArea (display, pixmap, window, gc, 0, 0, wd, h, x, y + dy); |
| 889 | XFreePixmap (display, pixmap); |
| 890 | XSetClipMask (display, gc, None); |
| 891 | } |
| 892 | |
| 893 | |
| 894 | /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this |
| 895 | function with input blocked. */ |
| 896 | |
| 897 | static void |
| 898 | x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row) |
| 899 | struct window *w; |
| 900 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 901 | { |
| 902 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 903 | enum bitmap_type bitmap; |
| 904 | struct face *face; |
| 905 | int header_line_height = -1; |
| 906 | |
| 907 | xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); |
| 908 | |
| 909 | /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we |
| 910 | don't have to draw anything. */ |
| 911 | if (row->visible_height <= 0) |
| 912 | return; |
| 913 | |
| 914 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID); |
| 915 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 916 | |
| 917 | /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */ |
| 918 | if (row->overlay_arrow_p) |
| 919 | bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP; |
| 920 | else if (row->truncated_on_left_p) |
| 921 | bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; |
| 922 | else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)) |
| 923 | bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 924 | else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
| 925 | bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 926 | else |
| 927 | bitmap = NO_BITMAP; |
| 928 | |
| 929 | /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill |
| 930 | the flags area. */ |
| 931 | if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP |
| 932 | || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 933 | || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 934 | { |
| 935 | /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */ |
| 936 | int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0 |
| 937 | && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 938 | ? 1 : 0); |
| 939 | int left = window_box_left (w, -1); |
| 940 | |
| 941 | if (header_line_height < 0) |
| 942 | header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 943 | |
| 944 | /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and |
| 945 | for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on |
| 946 | mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to |
| 947 | FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */ |
| 948 | if (face->stipple) |
| 949 | XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 950 | else |
| 951 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background); |
| 952 | |
| 953 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 954 | face->gc, |
| 955 | (left |
| 956 | - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 957 | + border), |
| 958 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 959 | row->y)), |
| 960 | FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - border, |
| 961 | row->visible_height); |
| 962 | if (!face->stipple) |
| 963 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground); |
| 964 | } |
| 965 | |
| 966 | /* Draw the left bitmap. */ |
| 967 | if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP) |
| 968 | x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap); |
| 969 | |
| 970 | /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */ |
| 971 | if (row->truncated_on_right_p) |
| 972 | bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; |
| 973 | else if (row->continued_p) |
| 974 | bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 975 | else |
| 976 | bitmap = NO_BITMAP; |
| 977 | |
| 978 | /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill |
| 979 | the flags area. */ |
| 980 | if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP |
| 981 | || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 982 | || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 983 | { |
| 984 | int right = window_box_right (w, -1); |
| 985 | |
| 986 | if (header_line_height < 0) |
| 987 | header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 988 | |
| 989 | /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and |
| 990 | for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on |
| 991 | mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to |
| 992 | FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */ |
| 993 | if (face->stipple) |
| 994 | XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 995 | else |
| 996 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background); |
| 997 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 998 | face->gc, |
| 999 | right, |
| 1000 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 1001 | row->y)), |
| 1002 | FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f), |
| 1003 | row->visible_height); |
| 1004 | if (!face->stipple) |
| 1005 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground); |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | /* Draw the right bitmap. */ |
| 1009 | if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP) |
| 1010 | x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap); |
| 1011 | } |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | \f |
| 1014 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1015 | Line Highlighting |
| 1016 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for X |
| 1019 | frames. Aborts when called. */ |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | static void |
| 1022 | XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) |
| 1023 | int new, vpos; |
| 1024 | { |
| 1025 | abort (); |
| 1026 | } |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change |
| 1030 | whether it is highlighted. Not used for X frames. Aborts when |
| 1031 | called. */ |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | static void |
| 1034 | x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos) |
| 1035 | int new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos; |
| 1036 | { |
| 1037 | abort (); |
| 1038 | } |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after |
| 1042 | suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing |
| 1043 | must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that |
| 1044 | rarely happens). */ |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | static void |
| 1047 | XTset_terminal_modes () |
| 1048 | { |
| 1049 | } |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make |
| 1052 | the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */ |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | static void |
| 1055 | XTreset_terminal_modes () |
| 1056 | { |
| 1057 | } |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | \f |
| 1061 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1062 | Output Cursor |
| 1063 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor |
| 1066 | positions are relative to updated_window. */ |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | static void |
| 1069 | set_output_cursor (cursor) |
| 1070 | struct cursor_pos *cursor; |
| 1071 | { |
| 1072 | output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos; |
| 1073 | output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos; |
| 1074 | output_cursor.x = cursor->x; |
| 1075 | output_cursor.y = cursor->y; |
| 1076 | } |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | /* Set a nominal cursor position. |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X |
| 1082 | and Y are window text area relative pixel positions. |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the |
| 1085 | window that is being updated and the position is the future output |
| 1086 | cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use |
| 1087 | selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */ |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | static void |
| 1090 | XTcursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x) |
| 1091 | int vpos, hpos, y, x; |
| 1092 | { |
| 1093 | struct window *w; |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */ |
| 1096 | if (updated_window) |
| 1097 | w = updated_window; |
| 1098 | else |
| 1099 | w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | /* Set the output cursor. */ |
| 1102 | output_cursor.hpos = hpos; |
| 1103 | output_cursor.vpos = vpos; |
| 1104 | output_cursor.x = x; |
| 1105 | output_cursor.y = y; |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor. |
| 1108 | This will also set the cursor position of W. */ |
| 1109 | if (updated_window == NULL) |
| 1110 | { |
| 1111 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1112 | x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y); |
| 1113 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (SELECTED_FRAME ())); |
| 1114 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | } |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | \f |
| 1120 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1121 | Display Iterator |
| 1122 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | /* Function prototypes of this page. */ |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 1127 | struct glyph *, |
| 1128 | XChar2b *, |
| 1129 | int *)); |
| 1130 | static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int, |
| 1131 | int, XChar2b *, int)); |
| 1132 | static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *)); |
| 1133 | static void x_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *)); |
| 1134 | static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1135 | static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1136 | static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object, |
| 1137 | int, int, double)); |
| 1138 | static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1139 | static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it)); |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | /* Return a pointer to per-char metric information in FONT of a |
| 1143 | character pointed by B which is a pointer to an XChar2b. */ |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | #define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b) \ |
| 1146 | ((font)->per_char \ |
| 1147 | ? ((font)->per_char + (b)->byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 \ |
| 1148 | + (((font)->min_byte1 || (font)->max_byte1) \ |
| 1149 | ? (((b)->byte1 - (font)->min_byte1) \ |
| 1150 | * ((font)->max_char_or_byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) \ |
| 1151 | : 0)) \ |
| 1152 | : &((font)->max_bounds)) |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B |
| 1156 | is not contained in the font. */ |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | static INLINE XCharStruct * |
| 1159 | x_per_char_metric (font, char2b) |
| 1160 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1161 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 1162 | { |
| 1163 | /* The result metric information. */ |
| 1164 | XCharStruct *pcm = NULL; |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | xassert (font && char2b); |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | if (font->per_char != NULL) |
| 1169 | { |
| 1170 | if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0) |
| 1171 | { |
| 1172 | /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index |
| 1173 | corresponding to the first element of the per_char array, |
| 1174 | max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A |
| 1175 | character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font. |
| 1176 | A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or |
| 1177 | greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */ |
| 1178 | if (char2b->byte1 == 0 |
| 1179 | && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1180 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 1181 | pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2; |
| 1182 | } |
| 1183 | else |
| 1184 | { |
| 1185 | /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both |
| 1186 | min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than |
| 1187 | 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding |
| 1188 | to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are: |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | byte1 = N/D + min_byte1 |
| 1191 | byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | where: |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1 |
| 1196 | / = integer division |
| 1197 | \ = integer modulus */ |
| 1198 | if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1 |
| 1199 | && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1 |
| 1200 | && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1201 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 1202 | { |
| 1203 | pcm = (font->per_char |
| 1204 | + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1) |
| 1205 | * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1)) |
| 1206 | + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2)); |
| 1207 | } |
| 1208 | } |
| 1209 | } |
| 1210 | else |
| 1211 | { |
| 1212 | /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first |
| 1213 | and last character indexes inclusive have the same |
| 1214 | information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */ |
| 1215 | if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1216 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 1217 | pcm = &font->max_bounds; |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | return ((pcm == NULL |
| 1221 | || (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)) |
| 1222 | ? NULL : pcm); |
| 1223 | } |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is |
| 1227 | the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | static INLINE void |
| 1230 | x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info) |
| 1231 | int c; |
| 1232 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 1233 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 1234 | { |
| 1235 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c); |
| 1236 | XFontStruct *font = font_info->font; |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2. |
| 1239 | This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a |
| 1240 | fixed encoding. */ |
| 1241 | if (font_info->font_encoder) |
| 1242 | { |
| 1243 | /* It's a program. */ |
| 1244 | struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder; |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) |
| 1247 | { |
| 1248 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1249 | ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2; |
| 1250 | } |
| 1251 | else |
| 1252 | { |
| 1253 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1254 | ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1; |
| 1255 | ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2; |
| 1256 | } |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL); |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL |
| 1261 | program. */ |
| 1262 | if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */ |
| 1263 | char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1]; |
| 1264 | else |
| 1265 | char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2]; |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | else if (font_info->encoding[charset]) |
| 1268 | { |
| 1269 | /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the |
| 1270 | encoding numbers. */ |
| 1271 | int enc = font_info->encoding[charset]; |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) |
| 1274 | && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2) |
| 1275 | char2b->byte1 |= 0x80; |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | if (enc == 1 || enc == 3) |
| 1278 | char2b->byte2 |= 0x80; |
| 1279 | } |
| 1280 | } |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame |
| 1284 | F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero |
| 1285 | means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a |
| 1286 | realized face that is ready for display. */ |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | static INLINE struct face * |
| 1289 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p) |
| 1290 | struct frame *f; |
| 1291 | int c, face_id; |
| 1292 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 1293 | int multibyte_p; |
| 1294 | { |
| 1295 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | if (!multibyte_p) |
| 1298 | { |
| 1299 | /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make |
| 1300 | sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ |
| 1301 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 1302 | char2b->byte2 = c; |
| 1303 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c); |
| 1304 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 1305 | } |
| 1306 | else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 1307 | { |
| 1308 | /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ |
| 1309 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 1310 | char2b->byte2 = c; |
| 1311 | } |
| 1312 | else |
| 1313 | { |
| 1314 | int c1, c2, charset; |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 | /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is |
| 1317 | really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ |
| 1318 | SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2); |
| 1319 | if (c2 > 0) |
| 1320 | char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2; |
| 1321 | else |
| 1322 | char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1; |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1325 | if (face->font != NULL) |
| 1326 | { |
| 1327 | struct font_info *font_info |
| 1328 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 1329 | if (font_info) |
| 1330 | x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info); |
| 1331 | } |
| 1332 | } |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ |
| 1335 | xassert (face != NULL); |
| 1336 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | return face; |
| 1339 | } |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F. |
| 1343 | The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is |
| 1344 | a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */ |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | static INLINE struct face * |
| 1347 | x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p) |
| 1348 | struct frame *f; |
| 1349 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1350 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 1351 | int *two_byte_p; |
| 1352 | { |
| 1353 | struct face *face; |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH); |
| 1356 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id); |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | if (two_byte_p) |
| 1359 | *two_byte_p = 0; |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | if (!glyph->multibyte_p) |
| 1362 | { |
| 1363 | /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make |
| 1364 | sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ |
| 1365 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 1366 | char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch; |
| 1367 | } |
| 1368 | else if (glyph->u.ch < 128 |
| 1369 | && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 1370 | { |
| 1371 | /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ |
| 1372 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 1373 | char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch; |
| 1374 | } |
| 1375 | else |
| 1376 | { |
| 1377 | int c1, c2, charset; |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is |
| 1380 | really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ |
| 1381 | SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2); |
| 1382 | if (c2 > 0) |
| 1383 | char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2; |
| 1384 | else |
| 1385 | char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1; |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1388 | if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII) |
| 1389 | { |
| 1390 | struct font_info *font_info |
| 1391 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 1392 | if (font_info) |
| 1393 | { |
| 1394 | x_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info); |
| 1395 | if (two_byte_p) |
| 1396 | *two_byte_p |
| 1397 | = ((XFontStruct *) (font_info->font))->max_byte1 > 0; |
| 1398 | } |
| 1399 | } |
| 1400 | } |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ |
| 1403 | xassert (face != NULL); |
| 1404 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 1405 | return face; |
| 1406 | } |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row. |
| 1410 | Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | static INLINE void |
| 1413 | x_append_glyph (it) |
| 1414 | struct it *it; |
| 1415 | { |
| 1416 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1417 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | xassert (it->glyph_row); |
| 1420 | xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t'); |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1423 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1424 | { |
| 1425 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1426 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 1427 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 1428 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1429 | glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH; |
| 1430 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1431 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1432 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1433 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent |
| 1434 | || it->phys_descent > it->descent); |
| 1435 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1436 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p; |
| 1437 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1438 | glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display; |
| 1439 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1440 | } |
| 1441 | } |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row. |
| 1444 | Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | static INLINE void |
| 1447 | x_append_composite_glyph (it) |
| 1448 | struct it *it; |
| 1449 | { |
| 1450 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1451 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | xassert (it->glyph_row); |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1456 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1457 | { |
| 1458 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1459 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 1460 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 1461 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1462 | glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH; |
| 1463 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1464 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1465 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1466 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent |
| 1467 | || it->phys_descent > it->descent); |
| 1468 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1469 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1470 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1471 | glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id; |
| 1472 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1473 | } |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of |
| 1478 | IT->voffset. */ |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | static INLINE void |
| 1481 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it) |
| 1482 | struct it *it; |
| 1483 | { |
| 1484 | if (it->voffset) |
| 1485 | { |
| 1486 | if (it->voffset < 0) |
| 1487 | /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher |
| 1488 | in the line. */ |
| 1489 | it->ascent += abs (it->voffset); |
| 1490 | else |
| 1491 | /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower |
| 1492 | in the line. */ |
| 1493 | it->descent += it->voffset; |
| 1494 | } |
| 1495 | } |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with. |
| 1499 | See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for |
| 1500 | an overview of struct display_iterator. */ |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | static void |
| 1503 | x_produce_image_glyph (it) |
| 1504 | struct it *it; |
| 1505 | { |
| 1506 | struct image *img; |
| 1507 | struct face *face; |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE); |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1512 | img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id); |
| 1513 | xassert (img); |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */ |
| 1516 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); |
| 1517 | prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img); |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face); |
| 1520 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->margin - it->ascent; |
| 1521 | it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->margin; |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 1526 | { |
| 1527 | it->ascent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1528 | it->descent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 1531 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1532 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 1533 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1534 | } |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 1539 | { |
| 1540 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1541 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1544 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1545 | { |
| 1546 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1547 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 1548 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 1549 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1550 | glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH; |
| 1551 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1552 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1553 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1554 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; |
| 1555 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1556 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1557 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1558 | glyph->u.img_id = img->id; |
| 1559 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1560 | } |
| 1561 | } |
| 1562 | } |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source |
| 1566 | of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the |
| 1567 | stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the |
| 1568 | ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */ |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | static void |
| 1571 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent) |
| 1572 | struct it *it; |
| 1573 | Lisp_Object object; |
| 1574 | int width, height; |
| 1575 | double ascent; |
| 1576 | { |
| 1577 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 1578 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1); |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1583 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 1584 | { |
| 1585 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 1586 | glyph->object = object; |
| 1587 | glyph->pixel_width = width; |
| 1588 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 1589 | glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH; |
| 1590 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1591 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 1592 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 1593 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; |
| 1594 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 1595 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1596 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 1597 | glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent; |
| 1598 | glyph->u.stretch.height = height; |
| 1599 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 1600 | } |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value |
| 1605 | of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list |
| 1606 | `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs |
| 1607 | being recognized: |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH * |
| 1610 | canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating |
| 1611 | point number. |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch |
| 1614 | should be computed from the width of the first character having the |
| 1615 | `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width. |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough |
| 1618 | to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units. |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | Exactly one of the above pairs must be present. |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced |
| 1623 | should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units. |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the |
| 1626 | stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having |
| 1627 | the glyph property. |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present. |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height |
| 1632 | of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch. |
| 1633 | ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */ |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | #define NUMVAL(X) \ |
| 1636 | ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \ |
| 1637 | ? XFLOATINT (X) \ |
| 1638 | : - 1) |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | static void |
| 1642 | x_produce_stretch_glyph (it) |
| 1643 | struct it *it; |
| 1644 | { |
| 1645 | /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */ |
| 1646 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 1647 | extern Lisp_Object Qspace; |
| 1648 | #endif |
| 1649 | extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent; |
| 1650 | extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height; |
| 1651 | extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to; |
| 1652 | Lisp_Object prop, plist; |
| 1653 | double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0; |
| 1654 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1655 | XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | /* List should start with `space'. */ |
| 1660 | xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace)); |
| 1661 | plist = XCDR (it->object); |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | /* Compute the width of the stretch. */ |
| 1664 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth), |
| 1665 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1666 | /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */ |
| 1667 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 1668 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width), |
| 1669 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1670 | { |
| 1671 | /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid. |
| 1672 | Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph' |
| 1673 | property. */ |
| 1674 | struct it it2; |
| 1675 | unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | it2 = *it; |
| 1678 | if (it->multibyte_p) |
| 1679 | { |
| 1680 | int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT) |
| 1681 | - IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); |
| 1682 | it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len); |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | else |
| 1685 | it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1; |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | it2.glyph_row = NULL; |
| 1688 | it2.what = IT_CHARACTER; |
| 1689 | x_produce_glyphs (&it2); |
| 1690 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width; |
| 1691 | } |
| 1692 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to), |
| 1693 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1694 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x; |
| 1695 | else |
| 1696 | /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */ |
| 1697 | width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | /* Compute height. */ |
| 1700 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight), |
| 1701 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1702 | height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f); |
| 1703 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height), |
| 1704 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 1705 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop); |
| 1706 | else |
| 1707 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If |
| 1710 | `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise, |
| 1711 | derive the ascent from the font in use. */ |
| 1712 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent), |
| 1713 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100) |
| 1714 | ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0; |
| 1715 | else |
| 1716 | ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | if (width <= 0) |
| 1719 | width = 1; |
| 1720 | if (height <= 0) |
| 1721 | height = 1; |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 1724 | { |
| 1725 | Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string; |
| 1726 | if (!STRINGP (object)) |
| 1727 | object = it->w->buffer; |
| 1728 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent); |
| 1729 | } |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | it->pixel_width = width; |
| 1732 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent; |
| 1733 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent; |
| 1734 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 1737 | { |
| 1738 | it->ascent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1739 | it->descent += face->box_line_width; |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 1742 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1743 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 1744 | it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width; |
| 1745 | } |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 1748 | } |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has |
| 1751 | ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical |
| 1752 | center of the line of frame F. |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure; |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | -------------------------+-----------+- |
| 1757 | -+-+---------+-+ | | |
| 1758 | | | | | | | |
| 1759 | | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT |
| 1760 | | | | ASCENT | | |
| 1761 | HEIGHT | | | | | |
| 1762 | | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline |
| 1763 | | | | | BOFF | | |
| 1764 | | |---------|-+-+ | | |
| 1765 | | | | DESCENT | | |
| 1766 | -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT | |
| 1767 | -------------------------+-----------+- |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT |
| 1770 | BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT |
| 1771 | DESCENT = FONT->descent |
| 1772 | HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT) |
| 1773 | F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent |
| 1774 | - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset) |
| 1775 | F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F) |
| 1776 | */ |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \ |
| 1779 | ((FONT)->descent \ |
| 1780 | + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \ |
| 1781 | + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \ |
| 1782 | - ((F)->output_data.x->font->descent - (F)->output_data.x->baseline_offset)) |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is |
| 1785 | loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in |
| 1786 | dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */ |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | static void |
| 1789 | x_produce_glyphs (it) |
| 1790 | struct it *it; |
| 1791 | { |
| 1792 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER) |
| 1795 | { |
| 1796 | XChar2b char2b; |
| 1797 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1798 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1799 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 1800 | int font_not_found_p; |
| 1801 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 1802 | int boff; /* baseline offset */ |
| 1803 | /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte |
| 1804 | conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it |
| 1805 | later. |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in |
| 1808 | struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or |
| 1809 | not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must |
| 1810 | consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct |
| 1811 | glyph. |
| 1812 | */ |
| 1813 | int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the |
| 1816 | other way. */ |
| 1817 | it->char_to_display = it->c; |
| 1818 | if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c)) |
| 1819 | { |
| 1820 | if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment |
| 1821 | && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 1822 | && (it->c >= 0240 |
| 1823 | || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))) |
| 1824 | { |
| 1825 | it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); |
| 1826 | it->multibyte_p = 1; |
| 1827 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 1828 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1829 | } |
| 1830 | else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 1831 | && !it->multibyte_p) |
| 1832 | { |
| 1833 | it->char_to_display = multibyte_char_to_unibyte (it->c, Qnil); |
| 1834 | it->multibyte_p = 0; |
| 1835 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 1836 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 1837 | } |
| 1838 | } |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ |
| 1841 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, |
| 1842 | it->face_id, &char2b, |
| 1843 | it->multibyte_p); |
| 1844 | font = face->font; |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ |
| 1847 | font_not_found_p = font == NULL; |
| 1848 | if (font_not_found_p) |
| 1849 | { |
| 1850 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 1851 | boff = it->f->output_data.x->baseline_offset; |
| 1852 | font_info = NULL; |
| 1853 | } |
| 1854 | else |
| 1855 | { |
| 1856 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 1857 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 1858 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 1859 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 1860 | } |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | if (it->char_to_display >= ' ' |
| 1863 | && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128)) |
| 1864 | { |
| 1865 | /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */ |
| 1866 | int stretched_p; |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 1871 | it->ascent = font->ascent + boff; |
| 1872 | it->descent = font->descent - boff; |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | if (pcm) |
| 1875 | { |
| 1876 | it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; |
| 1877 | it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; |
| 1878 | it->pixel_width = pcm->width; |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | else |
| 1881 | { |
| 1882 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; |
| 1883 | it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; |
| 1884 | it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; |
| 1885 | it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 1886 | } |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | /* If this is a space inside a region of text with |
| 1889 | `space-width' property, change its width. */ |
| 1890 | stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width); |
| 1891 | if (stretched_p) |
| 1892 | it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width); |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character |
| 1895 | height. If character has a box line to the left and/or |
| 1896 | right, add the box line width to the character's width. */ |
| 1897 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 1898 | { |
| 1899 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 1902 | it->descent += thick; |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 1905 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 1906 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 1907 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 1908 | } |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 1911 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 1912 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 1913 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */ |
| 1918 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 1919 | { |
| 1920 | if (stretched_p) |
| 1921 | { |
| 1922 | /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property |
| 1923 | into a stretch glyph. */ |
| 1924 | double ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 1925 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, |
| 1926 | it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); |
| 1927 | } |
| 1928 | else |
| 1929 | x_append_glyph (it); |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed |
| 1932 | in this line, record that fact in a flag of the |
| 1933 | glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */ |
| 1934 | if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) |
| 1935 | it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; |
| 1936 | } |
| 1937 | } |
| 1938 | else if (it->char_to_display == '\n') |
| 1939 | { |
| 1940 | /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */ |
| 1941 | it->pixel_width = 0; |
| 1942 | it->nglyphs = 0; |
| 1943 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; |
| 1944 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 1947 | { |
| 1948 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 1949 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 1950 | it->descent += thick; |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | } |
| 1953 | else if (it->char_to_display == '\t') |
| 1954 | { |
| 1955 | int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 1956 | int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width; |
| 1957 | int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width; |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab |
| 1960 | stop is less than a canonical character width, use the |
| 1961 | tab stop after that. */ |
| 1962 | if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f)) |
| 1963 | next_tab_x += tab_width; |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x; |
| 1966 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 1967 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; |
| 1968 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 1971 | { |
| 1972 | double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent); |
| 1973 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, |
| 1974 | it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); |
| 1975 | } |
| 1976 | } |
| 1977 | else |
| 1978 | { |
| 1979 | /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the |
| 1980 | character is the width of the character multiplied by the |
| 1981 | width of the font. */ |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right |
| 1984 | metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's |
| 1985 | default font and calculate the width of the character |
| 1986 | from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code |
| 1987 | did. */ |
| 1988 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 1989 | if (font_not_found_p || !pcm) |
| 1990 | { |
| 1991 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display); |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; |
| 1994 | it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f)) |
| 1995 | * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)); |
| 1996 | it->phys_ascent = font->ascent + boff; |
| 1997 | it->phys_descent = font->descent - boff; |
| 1998 | } |
| 1999 | else |
| 2000 | { |
| 2001 | it->pixel_width = pcm->width; |
| 2002 | it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; |
| 2003 | it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; |
| 2004 | if (it->glyph_row |
| 2005 | && (pcm->lbearing < 0 |
| 2006 | || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) |
| 2007 | it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; |
| 2008 | } |
| 2009 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2010 | it->ascent = font->ascent + boff; |
| 2011 | it->descent = font->descent - boff; |
| 2012 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2013 | { |
| 2014 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2015 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2016 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2019 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2020 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2021 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2022 | } |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2025 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2026 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2027 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2032 | x_append_glyph (it); |
| 2033 | } |
| 2034 | it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p; |
| 2035 | } |
| 2036 | else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION) |
| 2037 | { |
| 2038 | /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the |
| 2039 | glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */ |
| 2040 | XChar2b char2b; |
| 2041 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 2042 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2043 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 2044 | int font_not_found_p; |
| 2045 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 2046 | int boff; /* baseline offset */ |
| 2047 | struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id]; |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */ |
| 2050 | it->char_to_display = it->c; |
| 2051 | if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment |
| 2052 | && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 2053 | && (it->c >= 0240 |
| 2054 | || (it->c >= 0200 |
| 2055 | && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))) |
| 2056 | { |
| 2057 | it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ |
| 2061 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 2062 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2063 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, |
| 2064 | it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p); |
| 2065 | font = face->font; |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ |
| 2068 | font_not_found_p = font == NULL; |
| 2069 | if (font_not_found_p) |
| 2070 | { |
| 2071 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2072 | boff = it->f->output_data.x->baseline_offset; |
| 2073 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2074 | } |
| 2075 | else |
| 2076 | { |
| 2077 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2078 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2079 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2080 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2081 | } |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to |
| 2084 | produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width, |
| 2085 | ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by |
| 2086 | draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */ |
| 2087 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of |
| 2090 | the composition for the current face font, calculate them |
| 2091 | now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the |
| 2092 | glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So, |
| 2093 | here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads |
| 2094 | to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can |
| 2095 | correct the display anyway. */ |
| 2096 | if (cmp->font != (void *) font) |
| 2097 | { |
| 2098 | /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of |
| 2099 | this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent |
| 2100 | and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than |
| 2101 | them respectively. */ |
| 2102 | int font_ascent = font->ascent + boff; |
| 2103 | int font_descent = font->descent - boff; |
| 2104 | /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ |
| 2105 | int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest; |
| 2106 | int i, width, ascent, descent; |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | cmp->font = (void *) font; |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /* Initialize the bounding box. */ |
| 2111 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 2112 | if (pcm) |
| 2113 | { |
| 2114 | width = pcm->width; |
| 2115 | ascent = pcm->ascent; |
| 2116 | descent = pcm->descent; |
| 2117 | } |
| 2118 | else |
| 2119 | { |
| 2120 | width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2121 | ascent = font->ascent; |
| 2122 | descent = font->descent; |
| 2123 | } |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | rightmost = width; |
| 2126 | lowest = - descent + boff; |
| 2127 | highest = ascent + boff; |
| 2128 | leftmost = 0; |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | if (font_info |
| 2131 | && font_info->default_ascent |
| 2132 | && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent) |
| 2133 | && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, |
| 2134 | make_number (it->char_to_display)))) |
| 2135 | highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff; |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be |
| 2138 | shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at |
| 2139 | the left. */ |
| 2140 | cmp->offsets[0] = 0; |
| 2141 | cmp->offsets[1] = boff; |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */ |
| 2144 | for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) |
| 2145 | { |
| 2146 | int left, right, btm, top; |
| 2147 | int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i); |
| 2148 | int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch); |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id); |
| 2151 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b, |
| 2152 | it->multibyte_p); |
| 2153 | font = face->font; |
| 2154 | if (font == NULL) |
| 2155 | { |
| 2156 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2157 | boff = it->f->output_data.x->baseline_offset; |
| 2158 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2159 | } |
| 2160 | else |
| 2161 | { |
| 2162 | font_info |
| 2163 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2164 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2165 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2166 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2167 | } |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 2170 | if (pcm) |
| 2171 | { |
| 2172 | width = pcm->width; |
| 2173 | ascent = pcm->ascent; |
| 2174 | descent = pcm->descent; |
| 2175 | } |
| 2176 | else |
| 2177 | { |
| 2178 | width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2179 | ascent = font->ascent; |
| 2180 | descent = font->descent; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS) |
| 2184 | { |
| 2185 | /* Relative composition with or without |
| 2186 | alternate chars. */ |
| 2187 | left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2; |
| 2188 | btm = - descent + boff; |
| 2189 | if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose |
| 2190 | && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition) |
| 2191 | || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition, |
| 2192 | make_number (ch))))) |
| 2193 | { |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose) |
| 2196 | /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ |
| 2197 | btm = highest + 1; |
| 2198 | else if (ascent <= 0) |
| 2199 | /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ |
| 2200 | btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent; |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | } |
| 2203 | else |
| 2204 | { |
| 2205 | /* A composition rule is specified by an integer |
| 2206 | value that encodes global and new reference |
| 2207 | points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are |
| 2208 | specified by numbers as below: |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | 0---1---2 -- ascent |
| 2211 | | | |
| 2212 | | | |
| 2213 | | | |
| 2214 | 9--10--11 -- center |
| 2215 | | | |
| 2216 | ---3---4---5--- baseline |
| 2217 | | | |
| 2218 | 6---7---8 -- descent |
| 2219 | */ |
| 2220 | int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i); |
| 2221 | int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy; |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref); |
| 2224 | grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3; |
| 2225 | grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3; |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | left = (leftmost |
| 2228 | + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2 |
| 2229 | - nrefx * width / 2); |
| 2230 | btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest |
| 2231 | : grefy == 1 ? 0 |
| 2232 | : grefy == 2 ? lowest |
| 2233 | : (highest + lowest) / 2) |
| 2234 | - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent |
| 2235 | : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff |
| 2236 | : nrefy == 2 ? 0 |
| 2237 | : (ascent + descent) / 2)); |
| 2238 | } |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left; |
| 2241 | cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent; |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ |
| 2244 | right = left + width; |
| 2245 | top = btm + descent + ascent; |
| 2246 | if (left < leftmost) |
| 2247 | leftmost = left; |
| 2248 | if (right > rightmost) |
| 2249 | rightmost = right; |
| 2250 | if (top > highest) |
| 2251 | highest = top; |
| 2252 | if (btm < lowest) |
| 2253 | lowest = btm; |
| 2254 | } |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative, |
| 2257 | shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets |
| 2258 | non-negative. */ |
| 2259 | if (leftmost < 0) |
| 2260 | { |
| 2261 | for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) |
| 2262 | cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost; |
| 2263 | rightmost -= leftmost; |
| 2264 | } |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | cmp->pixel_width = rightmost; |
| 2267 | cmp->ascent = highest; |
| 2268 | cmp->descent = - lowest; |
| 2269 | if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent) |
| 2270 | cmp->ascent = font_ascent; |
| 2271 | if (cmp->descent < font_descent) |
| 2272 | cmp->descent = font_descent; |
| 2273 | } |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width; |
| 2276 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent; |
| 2277 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent; |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2280 | { |
| 2281 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2282 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2283 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2286 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2287 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2288 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2289 | } |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2292 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2293 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2294 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2299 | x_append_composite_glyph (it); |
| 2300 | } |
| 2301 | else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE) |
| 2302 | x_produce_image_glyph (it); |
| 2303 | else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH) |
| 2304 | x_produce_stretch_glyph (it); |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0 |
| 2307 | because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */ |
| 2308 | xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0); |
| 2309 | if (it->area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 2310 | it->current_x += it->pixel_width; |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing; |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent); |
| 2315 | it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent); |
| 2316 | it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent); |
| 2317 | it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent); |
| 2318 | } |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F. |
| 2322 | FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */ |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | int |
| 2325 | x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id) |
| 2326 | struct frame *f; |
| 2327 | enum face_id face_id; |
| 2328 | { |
| 2329 | int height = 1; |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face |
| 2332 | cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */ |
| 2333 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 2334 | { |
| 2335 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 2336 | if (face) |
| 2337 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font) + 2 * face->box_line_width; |
| 2338 | } |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | return height; |
| 2341 | } |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | \f |
| 2344 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 2345 | Glyph display |
| 2346 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face. |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it |
| 2351 | could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It |
| 2352 | is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because |
| 2353 | it's not clear what other systems will need. */ |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | struct glyph_string |
| 2356 | { |
| 2357 | /* X-origin of the string. */ |
| 2358 | int x; |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */ |
| 2361 | int y, ybase; |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 | /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */ |
| 2364 | int width; |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */ |
| 2367 | int background_width; |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this |
| 2370 | string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the |
| 2371 | font the string is drawn in. */ |
| 2372 | int height; |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin. |
| 2375 | This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is |
| 2376 | -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */ |
| 2377 | int left_overhang; |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most |
| 2380 | nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's |
| 2381 | rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */ |
| 2382 | int right_overhang; |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */ |
| 2385 | struct frame *f; |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */ |
| 2388 | struct window *w; |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | /* X display and window for convenience. */ |
| 2391 | Display *display; |
| 2392 | Window window; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the |
| 2395 | y-origin and height of the string. */ |
| 2396 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | /* The area within row. */ |
| 2399 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */ |
| 2402 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 2403 | int nchars; |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 | /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */ |
| 2406 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */ |
| 2409 | struct face *face; |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */ |
| 2412 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 2413 | |
| 2414 | /* Font info for this string. */ |
| 2415 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition. |
| 2418 | All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */ |
| 2419 | struct composition *cmp; |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph |
| 2422 | definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes |
| 2423 | the first character of a composition. */ |
| 2424 | int gidx; |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 | /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end |
| 2427 | of the window's drawing area. */ |
| 2428 | unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1; |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */ |
| 2431 | unsigned background_filled_p : 1; |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ |
| 2434 | unsigned two_byte_p : 1; |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph |
| 2437 | string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to |
| 2438 | the frame's default font in this case. */ |
| 2439 | unsigned font_not_found_p : 1; |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a |
| 2442 | stipple pattern. */ |
| 2443 | unsigned stippled_p : 1; |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn, |
| 2446 | and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph |
| 2447 | string appears in as clip rect. */ |
| 2448 | unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1; |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */ |
| 2451 | GC gc; |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph |
| 2454 | corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if |
| 2455 | font_not_found_p is 1. */ |
| 2456 | struct glyph *first_glyph; |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | /* Image, if any. */ |
| 2459 | struct image *img; |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | struct glyph_string *next, *prev; |
| 2462 | }; |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | #if 0 |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | static void |
| 2468 | x_dump_glyph_string (s) |
| 2469 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2470 | { |
| 2471 | fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n"); |
| 2472 | fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n", |
| 2473 | s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height); |
| 2474 | fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase); |
| 2475 | fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl); |
| 2476 | fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n", |
| 2477 | s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang); |
| 2478 | fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars); |
| 2479 | fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n", |
| 2480 | s->extends_to_end_of_line_p); |
| 2481 | fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font)); |
| 2482 | fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width); |
| 2483 | } |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 2490 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 2491 | struct glyph_string *, |
| 2492 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2493 | static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 2494 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 2495 | struct glyph_string *, |
| 2496 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2497 | static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 2498 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 2499 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2500 | static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2501 | static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2502 | static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2503 | static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2504 | static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, |
| 2505 | int)); |
| 2506 | static void x_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 2507 | XChar2b *, struct window *, |
| 2508 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 2509 | enum glyph_row_area, int, |
| 2510 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 2511 | static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *, |
| 2512 | enum glyph_row_area, int, int, |
| 2513 | enum draw_glyphs_face, int *, int *, int)); |
| 2514 | static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2515 | static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2516 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 2517 | int)); |
| 2518 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2519 | static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2520 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2521 | static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2522 | static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2523 | static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2524 | static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2525 | static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2526 | static void x_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph *, struct frame *, |
| 2527 | int *, int *)); |
| 2528 | static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int)); |
| 2529 | static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap, |
| 2530 | unsigned long *, double, int)); |
| 2531 | static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *, |
| 2532 | double, int, unsigned long)); |
| 2533 | static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2534 | static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2535 | static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2536 | static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2537 | static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap)); |
| 2538 | static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 2539 | static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, |
| 2540 | int, int, int)); |
| 2541 | static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, |
| 2542 | int, int, int, int, XRectangle *)); |
| 2543 | static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int, |
| 2544 | int, int, int, XRectangle *)); |
| 2545 | static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 2546 | enum glyph_row_area)); |
| 2547 | static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 2548 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 2549 | enum glyph_row_area, int, int)); |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 2552 | static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *)); |
| 2553 | #endif |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list |
| 2557 | with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */ |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | static INLINE void |
| 2560 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) |
| 2561 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 2562 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 2563 | { |
| 2564 | if (h) |
| 2565 | { |
| 2566 | if (*head) |
| 2567 | (*tail)->next = h; |
| 2568 | else |
| 2569 | *head = h; |
| 2570 | h->prev = *tail; |
| 2571 | *tail = t; |
| 2572 | } |
| 2573 | } |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the |
| 2577 | list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the |
| 2578 | result. */ |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | static INLINE void |
| 2581 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) |
| 2582 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 2583 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 2584 | { |
| 2585 | if (h) |
| 2586 | { |
| 2587 | if (*head) |
| 2588 | (*head)->prev = t; |
| 2589 | else |
| 2590 | *tail = t; |
| 2591 | t->next = *head; |
| 2592 | *head = h; |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | } |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. |
| 2598 | Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */ |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | static INLINE void |
| 2601 | x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s) |
| 2602 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 2603 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2604 | { |
| 2605 | s->next = s->prev = NULL; |
| 2606 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s); |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor |
| 2611 | face. */ |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | static void |
| 2614 | x_set_cursor_gc (s) |
| 2615 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2616 | { |
| 2617 | if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) |
| 2618 | && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 2619 | && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 2620 | && !s->cmp) |
| 2621 | s->gc = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_gc; |
| 2622 | else |
| 2623 | { |
| 2624 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ |
| 2625 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2626 | unsigned long mask; |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 2629 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ |
| 2632 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 2633 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 2634 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 2635 | xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
| 2636 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 2637 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ |
| 2640 | if (xgcv.background == s->face->background |
| 2641 | && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) |
| 2642 | { |
| 2643 | xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; |
| 2644 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 2645 | } |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 2648 | xgcv.font = s->font->fid; |
| 2649 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 2650 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 2653 | XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 2654 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 2655 | else |
| 2656 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 2657 | = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 2660 | } |
| 2661 | } |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | static void |
| 2667 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s) |
| 2668 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2669 | { |
| 2670 | int face_id; |
| 2671 | struct face *face; |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | /* What face has to be used for the mouse face? */ |
| 2674 | face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
| 2675 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 2676 | if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 2677 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch); |
| 2678 | else |
| 2679 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0); |
| 2680 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 2681 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */ |
| 2684 | if (s->font == s->face->font) |
| 2685 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2686 | else |
| 2687 | { |
| 2688 | /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE |
| 2689 | but font FONT. */ |
| 2690 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2691 | unsigned long mask; |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | xgcv.background = s->face->background; |
| 2694 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 2695 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 2696 | xgcv.font = s->font->fid; |
| 2697 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 2698 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 2701 | XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 2702 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 2703 | else |
| 2704 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 2705 | = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 2708 | } |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 2711 | } |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. |
| 2715 | Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the |
| 2716 | matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | static INLINE void |
| 2719 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s) |
| 2720 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2721 | { |
| 2722 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2723 | } |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set |
| 2727 | S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple |
| 2728 | pattern. */ |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | static INLINE void |
| 2731 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s) |
| 2732 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2733 | { |
| 2734 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 2737 | { |
| 2738 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2739 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) |
| 2742 | { |
| 2743 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); |
| 2744 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2745 | } |
| 2746 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 2747 | { |
| 2748 | x_set_cursor_gc (s); |
| 2749 | s->stippled_p = 0; |
| 2750 | } |
| 2751 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 2752 | { |
| 2753 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 2754 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 2757 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 2758 | { |
| 2759 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2760 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | else |
| 2763 | { |
| 2764 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2765 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2766 | } |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 | /* GC must have been set. */ |
| 2769 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 2770 | } |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | |
| 2773 | /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */ |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | static void |
| 2776 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r) |
| 2777 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2778 | XRectangle *r; |
| 2779 | { |
| 2780 | if (s->row->full_width_p) |
| 2781 | { |
| 2782 | /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */ |
| 2783 | int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | r->x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x; |
| 2786 | r->width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x; |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f)) |
| 2789 | { |
| 2790 | int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x; |
| 2791 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f)) |
| 2792 | r->x -= width; |
| 2793 | } |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | r->x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f); |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always |
| 2798 | fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */ |
| 2799 | if (s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 2800 | r->height = s->row->visible_height; |
| 2801 | else |
| 2802 | r->height = s->height; |
| 2803 | } |
| 2804 | else |
| 2805 | { |
| 2806 | /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */ |
| 2807 | r->x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0); |
| 2808 | r->width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area); |
| 2809 | r->height = s->row->visible_height; |
| 2810 | } |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially |
| 2813 | visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for |
| 2814 | partially visible lines at the top of a window. */ |
| 2815 | if (!s->row->full_width_p |
| 2816 | && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row)) |
| 2817 | r->y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); |
| 2818 | else |
| 2819 | r->y = max (0, s->row->y); |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border |
| 2822 | at the top of the window. */ |
| 2823 | if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 2824 | r->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width; |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and |
| 2827 | bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string |
| 2828 | intentionally draws over other lines. */ |
| 2829 | if (s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 2830 | { |
| 2831 | r->y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); |
| 2832 | r->height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->y; |
| 2833 | } |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | r->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->y); |
| 2836 | } |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 | /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode |
| 2840 | line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | static INLINE void |
| 2843 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s) |
| 2844 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2845 | { |
| 2846 | XRectangle r; |
| 2847 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 2848 | XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted); |
| 2849 | } |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph |
| 2853 | string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */ |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | static INLINE void |
| 2856 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s) |
| 2857 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2858 | { |
| 2859 | if (s->cmp == NULL |
| 2860 | && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 2861 | { |
| 2862 | XCharStruct cs; |
| 2863 | int direction, font_ascent, font_descent; |
| 2864 | XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction, |
| 2865 | &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs); |
| 2866 | s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0; |
| 2867 | s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0; |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its |
| 2873 | predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S. |
| 2874 | BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */ |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | static void |
| 2877 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p) |
| 2878 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2879 | int x; |
| 2880 | int backward_p; |
| 2881 | { |
| 2882 | if (backward_p) |
| 2883 | { |
| 2884 | while (s) |
| 2885 | { |
| 2886 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 2887 | x -= s->width; |
| 2888 | s->x = x; |
| 2889 | s = s->prev; |
| 2890 | } |
| 2891 | } |
| 2892 | else |
| 2893 | { |
| 2894 | while (s) |
| 2895 | { |
| 2896 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 2897 | s->x = x; |
| 2898 | x += s->width; |
| 2899 | s = s->next; |
| 2900 | } |
| 2901 | } |
| 2902 | } |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on |
| 2906 | frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are |
| 2907 | assumed to be zero. */ |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | static void |
| 2910 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right) |
| 2911 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 2912 | struct frame *f; |
| 2913 | int *left, *right; |
| 2914 | { |
| 2915 | *left = *right = 0; |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 2918 | { |
| 2919 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 2920 | struct face *face; |
| 2921 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 2922 | XChar2b char2b; |
| 2923 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL); |
| 2926 | font = face->font; |
| 2927 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2928 | if (font |
| 2929 | && (pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b))) |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width) |
| 2932 | *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width; |
| 2933 | if (pcm->lbearing < 0) |
| 2934 | *left = -pcm->lbearing; |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | } |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that |
| 2941 | is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1 |
| 2942 | if no glyphs are overwritten. */ |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | static int |
| 2945 | x_left_overwritten (s) |
| 2946 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2947 | { |
| 2948 | int k; |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | if (s->left_overhang) |
| 2951 | { |
| 2952 | int x = 0, i; |
| 2953 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 2954 | int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i) |
| 2957 | x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | k = i + 1; |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | else |
| 2962 | k = -1; |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | return k; |
| 2965 | } |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that |
| 2969 | is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no |
| 2970 | glyph in front of S overwrites S. */ |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | static int |
| 2973 | x_left_overwriting (s) |
| 2974 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2975 | { |
| 2976 | int i, k, x; |
| 2977 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 2978 | int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | k = -1; |
| 2981 | x = 0; |
| 2982 | for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
| 2983 | { |
| 2984 | int left, right; |
| 2985 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); |
| 2986 | if (x + right > 0) |
| 2987 | k = i; |
| 2988 | x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 2989 | } |
| 2990 | |
| 2991 | return k; |
| 2992 | } |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 | /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is |
| 2996 | not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if |
| 2997 | no such glyph is found. */ |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | static int |
| 3000 | x_right_overwritten (s) |
| 3001 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3002 | { |
| 3003 | int k = -1; |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | if (s->right_overhang) |
| 3006 | { |
| 3007 | int x = 0, i; |
| 3008 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3009 | int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); |
| 3010 | int end = s->row->used[s->area]; |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i) |
| 3013 | x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | k = i; |
| 3016 | } |
| 3017 | |
| 3018 | return k; |
| 3019 | } |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that |
| 3023 | overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative |
| 3024 | if no such glyph is found. */ |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 | static int |
| 3027 | x_right_overwriting (s) |
| 3028 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3029 | { |
| 3030 | int i, k, x; |
| 3031 | int end = s->row->used[s->area]; |
| 3032 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3033 | int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | k = -1; |
| 3036 | x = 0; |
| 3037 | for (i = first; i < end; ++i) |
| 3038 | { |
| 3039 | int left, right; |
| 3040 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); |
| 3041 | if (x - left < 0) |
| 3042 | k = i; |
| 3043 | x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3044 | } |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | return k; |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | static INLINE void |
| 3053 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 3054 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3055 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 3056 | { |
| 3057 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3058 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 3059 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 3060 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 3061 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 3062 | } |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p |
| 3066 | is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the |
| 3067 | background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used |
| 3068 | when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S |
| 3069 | contains the first component of a composition. */ |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 | static void |
| 3072 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p) |
| 3073 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3074 | int force_p; |
| 3075 | { |
| 3076 | /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it |
| 3077 | shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ |
| 3078 | if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 3079 | { |
| 3080 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 3081 | { |
| 3082 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 3083 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 3084 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, |
| 3085 | s->y + s->face->box_line_width, |
| 3086 | s->background_width, |
| 3087 | s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width); |
| 3088 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 3089 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 3090 | } |
| 3091 | else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width |
| 3092 | || s->font_not_found_p |
| 3093 | || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 3094 | || force_p) |
| 3095 | { |
| 3096 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + s->face->box_line_width, |
| 3097 | s->background_width, |
| 3098 | s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width); |
| 3099 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 3100 | } |
| 3101 | } |
| 3102 | } |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | static void |
| 3108 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 3109 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3110 | { |
| 3111 | int i, x; |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 3114 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 3115 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3116 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3117 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3118 | else |
| 3119 | x = s->x; |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be |
| 3122 | loaded. */ |
| 3123 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 3124 | { |
| 3125 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 3126 | { |
| 3127 | struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; |
| 3128 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, |
| 3129 | s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1, |
| 3130 | s->height - 1); |
| 3131 | x += g->pixel_width; |
| 3132 | } |
| 3133 | } |
| 3134 | else |
| 3135 | { |
| 3136 | char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b; |
| 3137 | int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | if (s->font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 3140 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff; |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */ |
| 3143 | if (!s->two_byte_p) |
| 3144 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 3145 | char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2; |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been |
| 3148 | filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that |
| 3149 | XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always |
| 3150 | use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is |
| 3151 | no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */ |
| 3152 | if (s->for_overlaps_p |
| 3153 | || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) |
| 3154 | { |
| 3155 | /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */ |
| 3156 | if (s->two_byte_p) |
| 3157 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3158 | s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 3159 | else |
| 3160 | XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3161 | s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); |
| 3162 | } |
| 3163 | else |
| 3164 | { |
| 3165 | if (s->two_byte_p) |
| 3166 | XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3167 | s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 3168 | else |
| 3169 | XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3170 | s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); |
| 3171 | } |
| 3172 | } |
| 3173 | } |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | static void |
| 3178 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 3179 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3180 | { |
| 3181 | int i, x; |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 3184 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 3185 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3186 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3187 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3188 | else |
| 3189 | x = s->x; |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of |
| 3192 | the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. |
| 3193 | S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of |
| 3194 | this composition. */ |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very |
| 3197 | first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ |
| 3198 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 3199 | { |
| 3200 | if (s->gidx == 0) |
| 3201 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y, |
| 3202 | s->width - 1, s->height - 1); |
| 3203 | } |
| 3204 | else |
| 3205 | { |
| 3206 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx) |
| 3207 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3208 | x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2], |
| 3209 | s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], |
| 3210 | s->char2b + i, 1); |
| 3211 | } |
| 3212 | } |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | static struct frame *x_frame_of_widget P_ ((Widget)); |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame |
| 3221 | cannot be determined. */ |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | static struct frame * |
| 3224 | x_frame_of_widget (widget) |
| 3225 | Widget widget; |
| 3226 | { |
| 3227 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3228 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 3229 | struct frame *f; |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget)); |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function |
| 3234 | can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow |
| 3235 | (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use |
| 3236 | x_any_window_to_frame. */ |
| 3237 | while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget)) |
| 3238 | widget = XtParent (widget); |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color |
| 3241 | on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */ |
| 3242 | for (tail = Vframe_list; GC_CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 3243 | if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)) |
| 3244 | && (f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail)), |
| 3245 | (f->output_data.nothing != 1 |
| 3246 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo)) |
| 3247 | && f->output_data.x->widget == widget) |
| 3248 | return f; |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | abort (); |
| 3251 | } |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of |
| 3255 | widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be |
| 3256 | allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero |
| 3257 | if successful. This is called from lwlib. */ |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | int |
| 3260 | x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget, cmap, color) |
| 3261 | Widget widget; |
| 3262 | Colormap cmap; |
| 3263 | XColor *color; |
| 3264 | { |
| 3265 | struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget); |
| 3266 | return x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color); |
| 3267 | } |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR |
| 3271 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 3272 | If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB |
| 3273 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL. |
| 3274 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 3275 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | int |
| 3278 | x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta) |
| 3279 | Widget widget; |
| 3280 | Display *display; |
| 3281 | Colormap cmap; |
| 3282 | unsigned long *pixel; |
| 3283 | double factor; |
| 3284 | int delta; |
| 3285 | { |
| 3286 | struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget); |
| 3287 | return x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta); |
| 3288 | } |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the |
| 3295 | color map of frame F. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array. |
| 3296 | Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps, |
| 3297 | say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */ |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | static const XColor * |
| 3300 | x_color_cells (f, ncells) |
| 3301 | struct frame *f; |
| 3302 | int *ncells; |
| 3303 | { |
| 3304 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | if (dpyinfo->color_cells == NULL) |
| 3307 | { |
| 3308 | Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 3309 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (f); |
| 3310 | int i; |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | dpyinfo->ncolor_cells |
| 3313 | = XDisplayCells (display, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen)); |
| 3314 | dpyinfo->color_cells |
| 3315 | = (XColor *) xmalloc (dpyinfo->ncolor_cells |
| 3316 | * sizeof *dpyinfo->color_cells); |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells; ++i) |
| 3319 | dpyinfo->color_cells[i].pixel = i; |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 | XQueryColors (display, FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), |
| 3322 | dpyinfo->color_cells, dpyinfo->ncolor_cells); |
| 3323 | } |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | *ncells = dpyinfo->ncolor_cells; |
| 3326 | return dpyinfo->color_cells; |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS |
| 3331 | colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */ |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 | void |
| 3334 | x_query_colors (f, colors, ncolors) |
| 3335 | struct frame *f; |
| 3336 | XColor *colors; |
| 3337 | int ncolors; |
| 3338 | { |
| 3339 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | if (dpyinfo->color_cells) |
| 3342 | { |
| 3343 | int i; |
| 3344 | for (i = 0; i < ncolors; ++i) |
| 3345 | { |
| 3346 | unsigned long pixel = colors[i].pixel; |
| 3347 | xassert (pixel < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells); |
| 3348 | xassert (dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel].pixel == pixel); |
| 3349 | colors[i] = dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel]; |
| 3350 | } |
| 3351 | } |
| 3352 | else |
| 3353 | XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), colors, ncolors); |
| 3354 | } |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 | /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in |
| 3358 | COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */ |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | void |
| 3361 | x_query_color (f, color) |
| 3362 | struct frame *f; |
| 3363 | XColor *color; |
| 3364 | { |
| 3365 | x_query_colors (f, color, 1); |
| 3366 | } |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 | /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on SCREEN of DISPLAY, colormap |
| 3370 | CMAP. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color |
| 3371 | available. Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the |
| 3372 | color allocated. */ |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | int |
| 3375 | x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color) |
| 3376 | struct frame *f; |
| 3377 | Colormap cmap; |
| 3378 | XColor *color; |
| 3379 | { |
| 3380 | Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 3381 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (f); |
| 3382 | int rc; |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | gamma_correct (f, color); |
| 3385 | rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color); |
| 3386 | if (rc == 0) |
| 3387 | { |
| 3388 | /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going |
| 3389 | to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is |
| 3390 | a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest |
| 3391 | color matching with StaticColor visuals. */ |
| 3392 | int nearest, i; |
| 3393 | unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0; |
| 3394 | int ncells; |
| 3395 | const XColor *cells = x_color_cells (f, &ncells); |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i) |
| 3398 | { |
| 3399 | long dred = (color->red >> 8) - (cells[i].red >> 8); |
| 3400 | long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8); |
| 3401 | long dblue = (color->blue >> 8) - (cells[i].blue >> 8); |
| 3402 | unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue; |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | if (delta < nearest_delta) |
| 3405 | { |
| 3406 | nearest = i; |
| 3407 | nearest_delta = delta; |
| 3408 | } |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | color->red = cells[nearest].red; |
| 3412 | color->green = cells[nearest].green; |
| 3413 | color->blue = cells[nearest].blue; |
| 3414 | rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color); |
| 3415 | } |
| 3416 | else |
| 3417 | { |
| 3418 | /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not |
| 3419 | equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a |
| 3420 | change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */ |
| 3421 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 3422 | XColor *cached_color; |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | if (dpyinfo->color_cells |
| 3425 | && (cached_color = &dpyinfo->color_cells[color->pixel], |
| 3426 | (cached_color->red != color->red |
| 3427 | || cached_color->blue != color->blue |
| 3428 | || cached_color->green != color->green))) |
| 3429 | { |
| 3430 | xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells); |
| 3431 | dpyinfo->color_cells = NULL; |
| 3432 | dpyinfo->ncolor_cells = 0; |
| 3433 | } |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 3437 | if (rc) |
| 3438 | register_color (color->pixel); |
| 3439 | #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */ |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | return rc; |
| 3442 | } |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated. |
| 3446 | It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to |
| 3447 | get color reference counts right. */ |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | unsigned long |
| 3450 | x_copy_color (f, pixel) |
| 3451 | struct frame *f; |
| 3452 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 3453 | { |
| 3454 | XColor color; |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | color.pixel = pixel; |
| 3457 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3458 | x_query_color (f, &color); |
| 3459 | XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color); |
| 3460 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3461 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 3462 | register_color (pixel); |
| 3463 | #endif |
| 3464 | return color.pixel; |
| 3465 | } |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated. |
| 3469 | It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to |
| 3470 | get color reference counts right. */ |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | unsigned long |
| 3473 | x_copy_dpy_color (dpy, cmap, pixel) |
| 3474 | Display *dpy; |
| 3475 | Colormap cmap; |
| 3476 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 3477 | { |
| 3478 | XColor color; |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | color.pixel = pixel; |
| 3481 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3482 | XQueryColor (dpy, cmap, &color); |
| 3483 | XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, &color); |
| 3484 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3485 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 3486 | register_color (pixel); |
| 3487 | #endif |
| 3488 | return color.pixel; |
| 3489 | } |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness |
| 3493 | boosted. |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by |
| 3496 | brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this |
| 3497 | doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's |
| 3498 | brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an |
| 3499 | use an additional additive factor. |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 | The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color |
| 3502 | (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */ |
| 3503 | #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000 |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR |
| 3507 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 3508 | If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB |
| 3509 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL. |
| 3510 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 3511 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | static int |
| 3514 | x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta) |
| 3515 | struct frame *f; |
| 3516 | Display *display; |
| 3517 | Colormap cmap; |
| 3518 | unsigned long *pixel; |
| 3519 | double factor; |
| 3520 | int delta; |
| 3521 | { |
| 3522 | XColor color, new; |
| 3523 | long bright; |
| 3524 | int success_p; |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | /* Get RGB color values. */ |
| 3527 | color.pixel = *pixel; |
| 3528 | x_query_color (f, &color); |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ |
| 3531 | xassert (factor >= 0); |
| 3532 | new.red = min (0xffff, factor * color.red); |
| 3533 | new.green = min (0xffff, factor * color.green); |
| 3534 | new.blue = min (0xffff, factor * color.blue); |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 | /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */ |
| 3537 | bright = (2 * color.red + 3 * color.green + color.blue) / 6; |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | /* We only boost colors that are darker than |
| 3540 | HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */ |
| 3541 | if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT) |
| 3542 | /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so |
| 3543 | that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */ |
| 3544 | { |
| 3545 | /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */ |
| 3546 | double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT; |
| 3547 | /* The additive adjustment. */ |
| 3548 | int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2; |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | if (factor < 1) |
| 3551 | { |
| 3552 | new.red = max (0, new.red - min_delta); |
| 3553 | new.green = max (0, new.green - min_delta); |
| 3554 | new.blue = max (0, new.blue - min_delta); |
| 3555 | } |
| 3556 | else |
| 3557 | { |
| 3558 | new.red = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.red); |
| 3559 | new.green = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.green); |
| 3560 | new.blue = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.blue); |
| 3561 | } |
| 3562 | } |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | /* Try to allocate the color. */ |
| 3565 | success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new); |
| 3566 | if (success_p) |
| 3567 | { |
| 3568 | if (new.pixel == *pixel) |
| 3569 | { |
| 3570 | /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding |
| 3571 | delta to the RGB values. */ |
| 3572 | x_free_colors (f, &new.pixel, 1); |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | new.red = min (0xffff, delta + color.red); |
| 3575 | new.green = min (0xffff, delta + color.green); |
| 3576 | new.blue = min (0xffff, delta + color.blue); |
| 3577 | success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new); |
| 3578 | } |
| 3579 | else |
| 3580 | success_p = 1; |
| 3581 | *pixel = new.pixel; |
| 3582 | } |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | return success_p; |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | |
| 3588 | /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph |
| 3589 | string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC |
| 3590 | with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or |
| 3591 | DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found |
| 3592 | in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot |
| 3593 | be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | static void |
| 3596 | x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel) |
| 3597 | struct frame *f; |
| 3598 | struct relief *relief; |
| 3599 | double factor; |
| 3600 | int delta; |
| 3601 | unsigned long default_pixel; |
| 3602 | { |
| 3603 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3604 | struct x_output *di = f->output_data.x; |
| 3605 | unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 3606 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 3607 | unsigned long background = di->relief_background; |
| 3608 | Colormap cmap = FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f); |
| 3609 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 3610 | Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 3613 | xgcv.line_width = 1; |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused |
| 3616 | when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this |
| 3617 | doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */ |
| 3618 | if (relief->gc |
| 3619 | && relief->allocated_p) |
| 3620 | { |
| 3621 | x_free_colors (f, &relief->pixel, 1); |
| 3622 | relief->allocated_p = 0; |
| 3623 | } |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | /* Allocate new color. */ |
| 3626 | xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; |
| 3627 | pixel = background; |
| 3628 | if (dpyinfo->n_planes != 1 |
| 3629 | && x_alloc_lighter_color (f, dpy, cmap, &pixel, factor, delta)) |
| 3630 | { |
| 3631 | relief->allocated_p = 1; |
| 3632 | xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | if (relief->gc == 0) |
| 3636 | { |
| 3637 | xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray; |
| 3638 | mask |= GCStipple; |
| 3639 | relief->gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv); |
| 3640 | } |
| 3641 | else |
| 3642 | XChangeGC (dpy, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 3643 | } |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | static void |
| 3649 | x_setup_relief_colors (s) |
| 3650 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3651 | { |
| 3652 | struct x_output *di = s->f->output_data.x; |
| 3653 | unsigned long color; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) |
| 3656 | color = s->face->box_color; |
| 3657 | else |
| 3658 | { |
| 3659 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | /* Get the background color of the face. */ |
| 3662 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 3663 | color = xgcv.background; |
| 3664 | } |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | if (di->white_relief.gc == 0 |
| 3667 | || color != di->relief_background) |
| 3668 | { |
| 3669 | di->relief_background = color; |
| 3670 | x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, |
| 3671 | WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 3672 | x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, |
| 3673 | BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 3674 | } |
| 3675 | } |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, |
| 3679 | TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief |
| 3680 | to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised |
| 3681 | relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of |
| 3682 | the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right |
| 3683 | side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use |
| 3684 | when drawing. */ |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | static void |
| 3687 | x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 3688 | raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 3689 | struct frame *f; |
| 3690 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p; |
| 3691 | XRectangle *clip_rect; |
| 3692 | { |
| 3693 | int i; |
| 3694 | GC gc; |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | if (raised_p) |
| 3697 | gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc; |
| 3698 | else |
| 3699 | gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc; |
| 3700 | XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 | /* Top. */ |
| 3703 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3704 | XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 3705 | left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i, |
| 3706 | right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i); |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | /* Left. */ |
| 3709 | if (left_p) |
| 3710 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3711 | XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 3712 | left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i); |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None); |
| 3715 | if (raised_p) |
| 3716 | gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc; |
| 3717 | else |
| 3718 | gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc; |
| 3719 | XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 3722 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3723 | XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 3724 | left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i, |
| 3725 | right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i); |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /* Right. */ |
| 3728 | if (right_p) |
| 3729 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 3730 | XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 3731 | right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i); |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None); |
| 3734 | } |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | |
| 3737 | /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, |
| 3738 | RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to |
| 3739 | draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the |
| 3740 | left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line |
| 3741 | on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping |
| 3742 | rectangle to use when drawing. */ |
| 3743 | |
| 3744 | static void |
| 3745 | x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 3746 | left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 3747 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3748 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p; |
| 3749 | XRectangle *clip_rect; |
| 3750 | { |
| 3751 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 3754 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->box_color); |
| 3755 | XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | /* Top. */ |
| 3758 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3759 | left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | /* Left. */ |
| 3762 | if (left_p) |
| 3763 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3764 | left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 3767 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3768 | left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | /* Right. */ |
| 3771 | if (right_p) |
| 3772 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3773 | right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 3776 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 3777 | } |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | static void |
| 3783 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s) |
| 3784 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p; |
| 3787 | int left_p, right_p; |
| 3788 | struct glyph *last_glyph; |
| 3789 | XRectangle clip_rect; |
| 3790 | |
| 3791 | last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area); |
| 3792 | if (s->row->full_width_p |
| 3793 | && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 3794 | { |
| 3795 | last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s->f); |
| 3796 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f)) |
| 3797 | last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); |
| 3798 | } |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ |
| 3801 | last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img |
| 3802 | ? s->first_glyph |
| 3803 | : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | width = s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3806 | raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; |
| 3807 | left_x = s->x; |
| 3808 | right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p |
| 3809 | ? last_x - 1 |
| 3810 | : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1)); |
| 3811 | top_y = s->y; |
| 3812 | bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 3815 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 3816 | && (s->prev == NULL |
| 3817 | || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); |
| 3818 | right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p |
| 3819 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 3820 | && (s->next == NULL |
| 3821 | || s->next->hl != s->hl))); |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) |
| 3826 | x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 3827 | left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 3828 | else |
| 3829 | { |
| 3830 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 3831 | x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, |
| 3832 | width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | static void |
| 3840 | x_draw_image_foreground (s) |
| 3841 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3842 | { |
| 3843 | int x; |
| 3844 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 3847 | right of that line. */ |
| 3848 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3849 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3850 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3851 | else |
| 3852 | x = s->x; |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 3855 | by that margin. */ |
| 3856 | if (s->img->margin) |
| 3857 | { |
| 3858 | x += s->img->margin; |
| 3859 | y += s->img->margin; |
| 3860 | } |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 3863 | { |
| 3864 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 3865 | { |
| 3866 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 3867 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 3868 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 3869 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 3870 | manually. */ |
| 3871 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 3872 | | GCFunction); |
| 3873 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3874 | XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 3877 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 3878 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 3879 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 3880 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 3883 | image_rect.x = x; |
| 3884 | image_rect.y = y; |
| 3885 | image_rect.width = s->img->width; |
| 3886 | image_rect.height = s->img->height; |
| 3887 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r)) |
| 3888 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3889 | r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); |
| 3890 | } |
| 3891 | else |
| 3892 | { |
| 3893 | unsigned long mask = GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin | GCFunction; |
| 3894 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3895 | XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 3898 | image_rect.x = x; |
| 3899 | image_rect.y = y; |
| 3900 | image_rect.width = s->img->width; |
| 3901 | image_rect.height = s->img->height; |
| 3902 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r)) |
| 3903 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3904 | r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 3907 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 3908 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 3909 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 3910 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 3911 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 3912 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 3913 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, |
| 3914 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 3915 | } |
| 3916 | } |
| 3917 | else |
| 3918 | /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ |
| 3919 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, |
| 3920 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 3921 | } |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 | /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 | static void |
| 3927 | x_draw_image_relief (s) |
| 3928 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3929 | { |
| 3930 | int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p; |
| 3931 | XRectangle r; |
| 3932 | int x; |
| 3933 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 3936 | right of that line. */ |
| 3937 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3938 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3939 | x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3940 | else |
| 3941 | x = s->x; |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 3944 | by that margin. */ |
| 3945 | if (s->img->margin) |
| 3946 | { |
| 3947 | x += s->img->margin; |
| 3948 | y += s->img->margin; |
| 3949 | } |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 3952 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) |
| 3953 | { |
| 3954 | thick = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3; |
| 3955 | raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 3956 | } |
| 3957 | else |
| 3958 | { |
| 3959 | thick = abs (s->img->relief); |
| 3960 | raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; |
| 3961 | } |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | x0 = x - thick; |
| 3964 | y0 = y - thick; |
| 3965 | x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1; |
| 3966 | y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1; |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 3969 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 3970 | x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r); |
| 3971 | } |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */ |
| 3975 | |
| 3976 | static void |
| 3977 | x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap) |
| 3978 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3979 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 3980 | { |
| 3981 | int x; |
| 3982 | int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 3985 | right of that line. */ |
| 3986 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3987 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3988 | x = s->face->box_line_width; |
| 3989 | else |
| 3990 | x = 0; |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 3993 | by that margin. */ |
| 3994 | if (s->img->margin) |
| 3995 | { |
| 3996 | x += s->img->margin; |
| 3997 | y += s->img->margin; |
| 3998 | } |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 4001 | { |
| 4002 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 4003 | { |
| 4004 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 4005 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 4006 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 4007 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 4008 | manually. */ |
| 4009 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 4010 | | GCFunction); |
| 4011 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 4014 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 4015 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 4016 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 4017 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4020 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 4021 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 4022 | } |
| 4023 | else |
| 4024 | { |
| 4025 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4026 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 4029 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 4030 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 4031 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 4032 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 4033 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 4034 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 4035 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y, |
| 4036 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 4037 | } |
| 4038 | } |
| 4039 | else |
| 4040 | /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ |
| 4041 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y, |
| 4042 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H |
| 4047 | give the rectangle to draw. */ |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | static void |
| 4050 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 4051 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4052 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 4053 | { |
| 4054 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 4055 | { |
| 4056 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4057 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4058 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4059 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 4060 | } |
| 4061 | else |
| 4062 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); |
| 4063 | } |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 | /* Draw image glyph string S. |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | s->y |
| 4069 | s->x +------------------------- |
| 4070 | | s->face->box |
| 4071 | | |
| 4072 | | +------------------------- |
| 4073 | | | s->img->margin |
| 4074 | | | |
| 4075 | | | +------------------- |
| 4076 | | | | the image |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | */ |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | static void |
| 4081 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 4082 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4083 | { |
| 4084 | int x, y; |
| 4085 | int box_line_width = s->face->box_line_width; |
| 4086 | int margin = s->img->margin; |
| 4087 | int height; |
| 4088 | Pixmap pixmap = None; |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | height = s->height - 2 * box_line_width; |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is |
| 4093 | taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce |
| 4094 | flickering. */ |
| 4095 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 4096 | if (height > s->img->height |
| 4097 | || margin |
| 4098 | || s->img->mask |
| 4099 | || s->img->pixmap == 0 |
| 4100 | || s->width != s->background_width) |
| 4101 | { |
| 4102 | if (box_line_width && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 4103 | x = s->x + box_line_width; |
| 4104 | else |
| 4105 | x = s->x; |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 | y = s->y + box_line_width; |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 4110 | { |
| 4111 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it |
| 4112 | with the background color. Copy the image to it, using |
| 4113 | its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */ |
| 4114 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f); |
| 4115 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen); |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */ |
| 4118 | pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window, |
| 4119 | s->background_width, |
| 4120 | s->height, depth); |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the |
| 4123 | pixmap. */ |
| 4124 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 | /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */ |
| 4127 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 4128 | { |
| 4129 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4130 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4131 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4132 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 4133 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 4134 | } |
| 4135 | else |
| 4136 | { |
| 4137 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4138 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, |
| 4139 | &xgcv); |
| 4140 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 4141 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4142 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 4143 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | } |
| 4146 | else |
| 4147 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height); |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4150 | } |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | /* Draw the foreground. */ |
| 4153 | if (pixmap != None) |
| 4154 | { |
| 4155 | x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap); |
| 4156 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4157 | XCopyArea (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 4158 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y); |
| 4159 | XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap); |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | else |
| 4162 | x_draw_image_foreground (s); |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ |
| 4165 | if (s->img->relief |
| 4166 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 4167 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 4168 | x_draw_image_relief (s); |
| 4169 | } |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | static void |
| 4175 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s) |
| 4176 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4177 | { |
| 4178 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 4179 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR |
| 4182 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 4183 | { |
| 4184 | /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor |
| 4185 | as wide as the stretch glyph. */ |
| 4186 | int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width); |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | /* Draw cursor. */ |
| 4189 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height); |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 | /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ |
| 4192 | if (width < s->background_width) |
| 4193 | { |
| 4194 | GC gc = s->face->gc; |
| 4195 | int x = s->x + width, y = s->y; |
| 4196 | int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height; |
| 4197 | XRectangle r; |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 4200 | XSetClipRectangles (s->display, gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted); |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | if (s->face->stipple) |
| 4203 | { |
| 4204 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4205 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4206 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4207 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid); |
| 4208 | } |
| 4209 | else |
| 4210 | { |
| 4211 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4212 | XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 4213 | XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background); |
| 4214 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4215 | XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4216 | } |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | } |
| 4219 | else |
| 4220 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, |
| 4221 | s->height); |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4224 | } |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | /* Draw glyph string S. */ |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | static void |
| 4230 | x_draw_glyph_string (s) |
| 4231 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4232 | { |
| 4233 | /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the |
| 4234 | background of the successor first so that S can draw into it. |
| 4235 | This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ |
| 4236 | if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4237 | { |
| 4238 | xassert (s->next->img == NULL); |
| 4239 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next); |
| 4240 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next); |
| 4241 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1); |
| 4242 | } |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ |
| 4245 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); |
| 4246 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | switch (s->first_glyph->type) |
| 4249 | { |
| 4250 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: |
| 4251 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); |
| 4252 | break; |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: |
| 4255 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); |
| 4256 | break; |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | case CHAR_GLYPH: |
| 4259 | if (s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4260 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4261 | else |
| 4262 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0); |
| 4263 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 4264 | break; |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: |
| 4267 | if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0) |
| 4268 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4269 | else |
| 4270 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 4271 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 4272 | break; |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | default: |
| 4275 | abort (); |
| 4276 | } |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | if (!s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4279 | { |
| 4280 | /* Draw underline. */ |
| 4281 | if (s->face->underline_p) |
| 4282 | { |
| 4283 | unsigned long tem, h; |
| 4284 | int y; |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */ |
| 4287 | if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &h)) |
| 4288 | h = 1; |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 | /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended |
| 4291 | vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of |
| 4292 | the underline. This is a signed value according to the |
| 4293 | specs, and its default is |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with |
| 4296 | ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */ |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | if (XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &tem)) |
| 4299 | y = s->ybase + (long) tem; |
| 4300 | else if (s->face->font) |
| 4301 | y = s->ybase + (s->face->font->max_bounds.descent + 1) / 2; |
| 4302 | else |
| 4303 | y = s->height - h; |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) |
| 4306 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 4307 | s->x, y, s->width, h); |
| 4308 | else |
| 4309 | { |
| 4310 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4311 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 4312 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color); |
| 4313 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 4314 | s->x, y, s->width, h); |
| 4315 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4316 | } |
| 4317 | } |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | /* Draw overline. */ |
| 4320 | if (s->face->overline_p) |
| 4321 | { |
| 4322 | unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) |
| 4325 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4326 | s->width, h); |
| 4327 | else |
| 4328 | { |
| 4329 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4330 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 4331 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color); |
| 4332 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4333 | s->width, h); |
| 4334 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4335 | } |
| 4336 | } |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | /* Draw strike-through. */ |
| 4339 | if (s->face->strike_through_p) |
| 4340 | { |
| 4341 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 4342 | unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2; |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) |
| 4345 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4346 | s->width, h); |
| 4347 | else |
| 4348 | { |
| 4349 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4350 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 4351 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color); |
| 4352 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4353 | s->width, h); |
| 4354 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4355 | } |
| 4356 | } |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | /* Draw relief. */ |
| 4359 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 4360 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 4361 | } |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | /* Reset clipping. */ |
| 4364 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 4365 | } |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 4369 | struct face **, int)); |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp. |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition. |
| 4375 | S->gidx is the index of the first component for S. |
| 4376 | OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and |
| 4377 | use its physical height for clipping. |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | Value is the index of a component not in S. */ |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | static int |
| 4382 | x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p) |
| 4383 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4384 | struct face **faces; |
| 4385 | int overlaps_p; |
| 4386 | { |
| 4387 | int i; |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 | xassert (s); |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p; |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | s->face = faces[s->gidx]; |
| 4394 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4395 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset |
| 4398 | S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a |
| 4399 | glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */ |
| 4400 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4401 | for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i) |
| 4402 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width, |
| 4405 | i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */ |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 | /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's |
| 4410 | default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in |
| 4411 | the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the |
| 4412 | characters of the glyph string. */ |
| 4413 | if (s->font == NULL) |
| 4414 | { |
| 4415 | s->font_not_found_p = 1; |
| 4416 | s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); |
| 4417 | } |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4420 | s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ |
| 4425 | s->two_byte_p = 1; |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | return s->gidx + s->nchars; |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs. |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the |
| 4434 | first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1. |
| 4435 | OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and |
| 4436 | use its physical height for clipping. |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | static int |
| 4441 | x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p) |
| 4442 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4443 | int face_id; |
| 4444 | int start, end, overlaps_p; |
| 4445 | { |
| 4446 | struct glyph *glyph, *last; |
| 4447 | int voffset; |
| 4448 | int glyph_not_available_p; |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 | xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame)); |
| 4451 | xassert (s->nchars == 0); |
| 4452 | xassert (start >= 0 && end > start); |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 | s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p, |
| 4455 | glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; |
| 4456 | last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; |
| 4457 | voffset = glyph->voffset; |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p; |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 | while (glyph < last |
| 4462 | && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 4463 | && glyph->voffset == voffset |
| 4464 | /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */ |
| 4465 | && glyph->face_id == face_id |
| 4466 | && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p) |
| 4467 | { |
| 4468 | int two_byte_p; |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph, |
| 4471 | s->char2b + s->nchars, |
| 4472 | &two_byte_p); |
| 4473 | s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p; |
| 4474 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4475 | xassert (s->nchars <= end - start); |
| 4476 | s->width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4477 | ++glyph; |
| 4478 | } |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4481 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 | /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font, |
| 4484 | but record the fact that we couldn't load it in |
| 4485 | S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the |
| 4486 | characters of the glyph string. */ |
| 4487 | if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p) |
| 4488 | { |
| 4489 | s->font_not_found_p = 1; |
| 4490 | s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); |
| 4491 | } |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4494 | s->ybase += voffset; |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 4497 | return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 4498 | } |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */ |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | static void |
| 4504 | x_fill_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 4505 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4506 | { |
| 4507 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH); |
| 4508 | s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id); |
| 4509 | xassert (s->img); |
| 4510 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id); |
| 4511 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4512 | s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4515 | s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs. |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the |
| 4522 | area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to |
| 4523 | consider, END is the index of the last + 1. |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | static int |
| 4528 | x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end) |
| 4529 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4530 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4531 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 4532 | int start, end; |
| 4533 | { |
| 4534 | struct glyph *glyph, *last; |
| 4535 | int voffset, face_id; |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; |
| 4540 | last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; |
| 4541 | face_id = glyph->face_id; |
| 4542 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 4543 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4544 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 4545 | s->width = glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4546 | voffset = glyph->voffset; |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | for (++glyph; |
| 4549 | (glyph < last |
| 4550 | && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH |
| 4551 | && glyph->voffset == voffset |
| 4552 | && glyph->face_id == face_id); |
| 4553 | ++glyph) |
| 4554 | s->width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4557 | s->ybase += voffset; |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 4560 | return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 4561 | } |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 | /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector |
| 4565 | of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in |
| 4566 | x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W |
| 4567 | is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row |
| 4568 | and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the |
| 4569 | index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a |
| 4570 | face-override for drawing S. */ |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | static void |
| 4573 | x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) |
| 4574 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4575 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 4576 | struct window *w; |
| 4577 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4578 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 4579 | int start; |
| 4580 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 4581 | { |
| 4582 | bzero (s, sizeof *s); |
| 4583 | s->w = w; |
| 4584 | s->f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4585 | s->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s->f); |
| 4586 | s->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (s->f); |
| 4587 | s->char2b = char2b; |
| 4588 | s->hl = hl; |
| 4589 | s->row = row; |
| 4590 | s->area = area; |
| 4591 | s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start; |
| 4592 | s->height = row->height; |
| 4593 | s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */ |
| 4596 | if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 4597 | s->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width; |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent; |
| 4600 | } |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 | /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the |
| 4604 | first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1 |
| 4605 | in the drawing area. */ |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | static INLINE void |
| 4608 | x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x) |
| 4609 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4610 | int start; |
| 4611 | int last_x; |
| 4612 | { |
| 4613 | /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of |
| 4614 | the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */ |
| 4615 | struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | if (start == s->row->used[s->area] |
| 4618 | && s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT |
| 4619 | && ((s->area == TEXT_AREA && s->row->fill_line_p) |
| 4620 | || s->face->background != default_face->background |
| 4621 | || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple)) |
| 4622 | s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1; |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its |
| 4625 | background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing |
| 4626 | area. */ |
| 4627 | if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p) |
| 4628 | s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1; |
| 4629 | else |
| 4630 | s->background_width = s->width; |
| 4631 | } |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings |
| 4635 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in |
| 4636 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph |
| 4637 | in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned |
| 4638 | to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the |
| 4639 | glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X |
| 4640 | is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here |
| 4643 | and below -- keep them on one line. */ |
| 4644 | #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ |
| 4645 | do \ |
| 4646 | { \ |
| 4647 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4648 | x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4649 | START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \ |
| 4650 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 4651 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4652 | } \ |
| 4653 | while (0) |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 | /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings |
| 4657 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in |
| 4658 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph |
| 4659 | in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned |
| 4660 | to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the |
| 4661 | glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X |
| 4662 | is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ |
| 4665 | do \ |
| 4666 | { \ |
| 4667 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4668 | x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4669 | x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \ |
| 4670 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 4671 | ++START; \ |
| 4672 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4673 | } \ |
| 4674 | while (0) |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list |
| 4678 | of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first |
| 4679 | glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new |
| 4680 | glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row |
| 4681 | area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph |
| 4682 | string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it |
| 4683 | is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the |
| 4684 | right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 4687 | do \ |
| 4688 | { \ |
| 4689 | int c, face_id; \ |
| 4690 | XChar2b *char2b; \ |
| 4691 | \ |
| 4692 | c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \ |
| 4693 | face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ |
| 4694 | \ |
| 4695 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4696 | char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \ |
| 4697 | x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4698 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 4699 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4700 | START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \ |
| 4701 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4702 | } \ |
| 4703 | while (0) |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings |
| 4707 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in |
| 4708 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph |
| 4709 | string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area. |
| 4710 | X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string |
| 4711 | constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is |
| 4712 | DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most |
| 4713 | x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 4716 | do { \ |
| 4717 | int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \ |
| 4718 | int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ |
| 4719 | struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \ |
| 4720 | struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \ |
| 4721 | int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \ |
| 4722 | XChar2b *char2b; \ |
| 4723 | struct face **faces; \ |
| 4724 | struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \ |
| 4725 | int n; \ |
| 4726 | \ |
| 4727 | base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \ |
| 4728 | char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \ |
| 4729 | faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \ |
| 4730 | /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \ |
| 4731 | for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \ |
| 4732 | { \ |
| 4733 | int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \ |
| 4734 | int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \ |
| 4735 | faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \ |
| 4736 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \ |
| 4737 | this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \ |
| 4738 | } \ |
| 4739 | \ |
| 4740 | /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \ |
| 4741 | the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \ |
| 4742 | for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \ |
| 4743 | { \ |
| 4744 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 4745 | x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 4746 | x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \ |
| 4747 | s->cmp = cmp; \ |
| 4748 | s->gidx = n; \ |
| 4749 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 4750 | \ |
| 4751 | if (n == 0) \ |
| 4752 | first_s = s; \ |
| 4753 | \ |
| 4754 | n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4755 | } \ |
| 4756 | \ |
| 4757 | ++START; \ |
| 4758 | s = first_s; \ |
| 4759 | } while (0) |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 | /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs |
| 4763 | of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END. |
| 4764 | HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is |
| 4765 | DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end |
| 4766 | x-positions of the drawing area. |
| 4767 | |
| 4768 | This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca |
| 4769 | to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called |
| 4770 | asynchronously). */ |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 | #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 4773 | do \ |
| 4774 | { \ |
| 4775 | HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \ |
| 4776 | while (START < END) \ |
| 4777 | { \ |
| 4778 | struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \ |
| 4779 | switch (first_glyph->type) \ |
| 4780 | { \ |
| 4781 | case CHAR_GLYPH: \ |
| 4782 | BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \ |
| 4783 | TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \ |
| 4784 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4785 | break; \ |
| 4786 | \ |
| 4787 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \ |
| 4788 | BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ |
| 4789 | HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X,\ |
| 4790 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 4791 | break; \ |
| 4792 | \ |
| 4793 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: \ |
| 4794 | BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ |
| 4795 | HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ |
| 4796 | break; \ |
| 4797 | \ |
| 4798 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: \ |
| 4799 | BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \ |
| 4800 | TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ |
| 4801 | break; \ |
| 4802 | \ |
| 4803 | default: \ |
| 4804 | abort (); \ |
| 4805 | } \ |
| 4806 | \ |
| 4807 | x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \ |
| 4808 | (X) += s->width; \ |
| 4809 | } \ |
| 4810 | } \ |
| 4811 | while (0) |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 | /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W, |
| 4815 | starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a |
| 4816 | face-override with the following meaning: |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally |
| 4819 | DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face |
| 4820 | DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face. |
| 4821 | DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face |
| 4822 | DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it |
| 4823 | DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting |
| 4826 | position for display. This can be different from START in case |
| 4827 | overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null, |
| 4828 | return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be |
| 4829 | different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed. |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters |
| 4832 | and clip to the physical height of ROW. |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */ |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | static int |
| 4837 | x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, real_start, real_end, |
| 4838 | overlaps_p) |
| 4839 | struct window *w; |
| 4840 | int x; |
| 4841 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 4842 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 4843 | int start, end; |
| 4844 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 4845 | int *real_start, *real_end; |
| 4846 | int overlaps_p; |
| 4847 | { |
| 4848 | struct glyph_string *head, *tail; |
| 4849 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4850 | int last_x, area_width; |
| 4851 | int x_reached; |
| 4852 | int i, j; |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 | /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */ |
| 4855 | end = min (end, row->used[area]); |
| 4856 | start = max (0, start); |
| 4857 | start = min (end, start); |
| 4858 | if (real_start) |
| 4859 | *real_start = start; |
| 4860 | if (real_end) |
| 4861 | *real_end = end; |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right |
| 4864 | end of the drawing area. */ |
| 4865 | if (row->full_width_p) |
| 4866 | { |
| 4867 | /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars |
| 4868 | or flag areas. */ |
| 4869 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4870 | /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */ |
| 4871 | int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | x += window_left_x; |
| 4874 | area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 4875 | last_x = window_left_x + area_width; |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 4878 | { |
| 4879 | int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 4880 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 4881 | last_x += width; |
| 4882 | else |
| 4883 | x -= width; |
| 4884 | } |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 4887 | last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | else |
| 4890 | { |
| 4891 | x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x); |
| 4892 | area_width = window_box_width (w, area); |
| 4893 | last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width); |
| 4894 | } |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between |
| 4897 | head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro |
| 4898 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's |
| 4899 | the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */ |
| 4900 | i = start; |
| 4901 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x, |
| 4902 | overlaps_p); |
| 4903 | if (tail) |
| 4904 | x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width; |
| 4905 | else |
| 4906 | x_reached = x; |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in |
| 4909 | the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph |
| 4910 | strings built above. */ |
| 4911 | if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p) |
| 4912 | { |
| 4913 | int dummy_x = 0; |
| 4914 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */ |
| 4917 | for (s = head; s; s = s->next) |
| 4918 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph |
| 4921 | string that are overwritten because of the first glyph |
| 4922 | string's left overhang. The background of all strings |
| 4923 | prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string |
| 4924 | draws over it. */ |
| 4925 | i = x_left_overwritten (head); |
| 4926 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4927 | { |
| 4928 | j = i; |
| 4929 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, j, start, h, t, |
| 4930 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, |
| 4931 | overlaps_p); |
| 4932 | start = i; |
| 4933 | if (real_start) |
| 4934 | *real_start = start; |
| 4935 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); |
| 4936 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 4937 | } |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 | /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph |
| 4940 | string that overwrite that glyph string because of their |
| 4941 | right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must |
| 4942 | be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'. |
| 4943 | The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite |
| 4944 | right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph |
| 4945 | strings exist. */ |
| 4946 | i = x_left_overwriting (head); |
| 4947 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4948 | { |
| 4949 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, start, h, t, |
| 4950 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, |
| 4951 | overlaps_p); |
| 4952 | for (s = h; s; s = s->next) |
| 4953 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4954 | if (real_start) |
| 4955 | *real_start = i; |
| 4956 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); |
| 4957 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 4958 | } |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph |
| 4961 | string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of |
| 4962 | these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws |
| 4963 | over it. */ |
| 4964 | i = x_right_overwritten (tail); |
| 4965 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4966 | { |
| 4967 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t, |
| 4968 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, |
| 4969 | overlaps_p); |
| 4970 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); |
| 4971 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 4972 | if (real_end) |
| 4973 | *real_end = i; |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph |
| 4977 | string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such |
| 4978 | glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background |
| 4979 | of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could |
| 4980 | paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */ |
| 4981 | i = x_right_overwriting (tail); |
| 4982 | if (i >= 0) |
| 4983 | { |
| 4984 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t, |
| 4985 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, |
| 4986 | overlaps_p); |
| 4987 | for (s = h; s; s = s->next) |
| 4988 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4989 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); |
| 4990 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 4991 | if (real_end) |
| 4992 | *real_end = i; |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | } |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 | /* Draw all strings. */ |
| 4997 | for (s = head; s; s = s->next) |
| 4998 | x_draw_glyph_string (s); |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W. |
| 5001 | This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */ |
| 5002 | x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached); |
| 5003 | if (!row->full_width_p) |
| 5004 | { |
| 5005 | if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5006 | x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5007 | if (area > TEXT_AREA) |
| 5008 | x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 5009 | } |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | return x_reached; |
| 5012 | } |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */ |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | static void |
| 5018 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area) |
| 5019 | struct window *w; |
| 5020 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5021 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5022 | { |
| 5023 | int i, x; |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 | if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5028 | x = 0; |
| 5029 | else if (area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 5030 | x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5031 | else |
| 5032 | x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5033 | + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];) |
| 5036 | { |
| 5037 | if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p) |
| 5038 | { |
| 5039 | int start = i, start_x = x; |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | do |
| 5042 | { |
| 5043 | x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; |
| 5044 | ++i; |
| 5045 | } |
| 5046 | while (i < row->used[area] |
| 5047 | && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p); |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i, |
| 5050 | (row->inverse_p |
| 5051 | ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT), |
| 5052 | NULL, NULL, 1); |
| 5053 | } |
| 5054 | else |
| 5055 | { |
| 5056 | x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; |
| 5057 | ++i; |
| 5058 | } |
| 5059 | } |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5062 | } |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position. |
| 5066 | Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable |
| 5067 | updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is |
| 5068 | the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that |
| 5069 | row being updated. */ |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | static void |
| 5072 | x_write_glyphs (start, len) |
| 5073 | struct glyph *start; |
| 5074 | int len; |
| 5075 | { |
| 5076 | int x, hpos, real_start, real_end; |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5079 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | /* Write glyphs. */ |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 | hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area]; |
| 5084 | x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x, |
| 5085 | updated_row, updated_area, |
| 5086 | hpos, hpos + len, |
| 5087 | (updated_row->inverse_p |
| 5088 | ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT), |
| 5089 | &real_start, &real_end, 0); |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */ |
| 5092 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window, real_start, |
| 5093 | real_end - real_start); |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | /* Advance the output cursor. */ |
| 5098 | output_cursor.hpos += len; |
| 5099 | output_cursor.x = x; |
| 5100 | } |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */ |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | static void |
| 5106 | x_insert_glyphs (start, len) |
| 5107 | struct glyph *start; |
| 5108 | register int len; |
| 5109 | { |
| 5110 | struct frame *f; |
| 5111 | struct window *w; |
| 5112 | int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width; |
| 5113 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5114 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 5115 | int frame_x, frame_y, hpos, real_start, real_end; |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5118 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5119 | w = updated_window; |
| 5120 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | /* Get the height of the line we are in. */ |
| 5123 | row = updated_row; |
| 5124 | line_height = row->height; |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */ |
| 5127 | shift_by_width = 0; |
| 5128 | for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph) |
| 5129 | shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */ |
| 5132 | shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area) |
| 5133 | - output_cursor.x |
| 5134 | - shift_by_width); |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | /* Shift right. */ |
| 5137 | frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, output_cursor.x); |
| 5138 | frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y); |
| 5139 | XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5140 | f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 5141 | frame_x, frame_y, |
| 5142 | shifted_region_width, line_height, |
| 5143 | frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y); |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | /* Write the glyphs. */ |
| 5146 | hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area]; |
| 5147 | x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len, |
| 5148 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, &real_start, &real_end, 0); |
| 5149 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, real_start, real_end - real_start); |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | /* Advance the output cursor. */ |
| 5152 | output_cursor.hpos += len; |
| 5153 | output_cursor.x += shift_by_width; |
| 5154 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5155 | } |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented |
| 5159 | for X frames. */ |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 | static void |
| 5162 | x_delete_glyphs (n) |
| 5163 | register int n; |
| 5164 | { |
| 5165 | abort (); |
| 5166 | } |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | |
| 5169 | /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position |
| 5170 | (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that |
| 5171 | everything from TO_X onward is already erased. |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of |
| 5174 | updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */ |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 | static void |
| 5177 | x_clear_end_of_line (to_x) |
| 5178 | int to_x; |
| 5179 | { |
| 5180 | struct frame *f; |
| 5181 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 5182 | int max_x, min_y, max_y; |
| 5183 | int from_x, from_y, to_y; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5186 | f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | if (updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5189 | { |
| 5190 | max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5191 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 5192 | && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 5193 | max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5194 | } |
| 5195 | else |
| 5196 | max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area); |
| 5197 | max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end |
| 5200 | of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */ |
| 5201 | if (to_x == 0) |
| 5202 | return; |
| 5203 | else if (to_x < 0) |
| 5204 | to_x = max_x; |
| 5205 | else |
| 5206 | to_x = min (to_x, max_x); |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height); |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ |
| 5211 | if (!updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5212 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, output_cursor.hpos, -1); |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | from_x = output_cursor.x; |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | /* Translate to frame coordinates. */ |
| 5217 | if (updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5218 | { |
| 5219 | from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x); |
| 5220 | to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x); |
| 5221 | } |
| 5222 | else |
| 5223 | { |
| 5224 | from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x); |
| 5225 | to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x); |
| 5226 | } |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 | min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 5229 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y)); |
| 5230 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y); |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */ |
| 5233 | if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y) |
| 5234 | { |
| 5235 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5236 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5237 | from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y, |
| 5238 | False); |
| 5239 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5240 | } |
| 5241 | } |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that |
| 5245 | frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */ |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | static void |
| 5248 | x_clear_frame () |
| 5249 | { |
| 5250 | struct frame *f; |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | if (updating_frame) |
| 5253 | f = updating_frame; |
| 5254 | else |
| 5255 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no |
| 5258 | longer visible. */ |
| 5259 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
| 5260 | output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0; |
| 5261 | output_cursor.x = -1; |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 | /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always |
| 5264 | follow an explicit cursor_to. */ |
| 5265 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5266 | XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed |
| 5269 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ |
| 5270 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5273 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5274 | } |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | \f |
| 5278 | /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 | /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make |
| 5281 | sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in |
| 5287 | *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | static int |
| 5290 | timeval_subtract (result, x, y) |
| 5291 | struct timeval *result, x, y; |
| 5292 | { |
| 5293 | /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This |
| 5294 | is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */ |
| 5295 | if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) |
| 5296 | { |
| 5297 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; |
| 5298 | y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; |
| 5299 | y.tv_sec += nsec; |
| 5300 | } |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) |
| 5303 | { |
| 5304 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; |
| 5305 | y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec; |
| 5306 | y.tv_sec -= nsec; |
| 5307 | } |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 | /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly |
| 5310 | positive. */ |
| 5311 | result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; |
| 5312 | result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered |
| 5315 | negative. */ |
| 5316 | return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; |
| 5317 | } |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 | void |
| 5320 | XTflash (f) |
| 5321 | struct frame *f; |
| 5322 | { |
| 5323 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | { |
| 5326 | GC gc; |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground |
| 5329 | pixels into background pixels. */ |
| 5330 | { |
| 5331 | XGCValues values; |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 | values.function = GXxor; |
| 5334 | values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel |
| 5335 | ^ f->output_data.x->background_pixel); |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 | gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5338 | GCFunction | GCForeground, &values); |
| 5339 | } |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | { |
| 5342 | /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */ |
| 5343 | int height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, FRAME_HEIGHT (f)); |
| 5344 | /* Height of each line to flash. */ |
| 5345 | int flash_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
| 5346 | /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */ |
| 5347 | int flash_left = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 5348 | int flash_right = PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 | int width; |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 | /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame |
| 5353 | edge it is next to. */ |
| 5354 | switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f)) |
| 5355 | { |
| 5356 | case vertical_scroll_bar_left: |
| 5357 | flash_left += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 5358 | break; |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 | case vertical_scroll_bar_right: |
| 5361 | flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 5362 | break; |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | default: |
| 5365 | break; |
| 5366 | } |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | width = flash_right - flash_left; |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */ |
| 5371 | if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 5372 | { |
| 5373 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 5374 | flash_left, |
| 5375 | (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) |
| 5376 | + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)), |
| 5377 | width, flash_height); |
| 5378 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 5379 | flash_left, |
| 5380 | (height - flash_height |
| 5381 | - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)), |
| 5382 | width, flash_height); |
| 5383 | } |
| 5384 | else |
| 5385 | /* If it is short, flash it all. */ |
| 5386 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 5387 | flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 5388 | width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | x_flush (f); |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | { |
| 5393 | struct timeval wakeup; |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 | EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */ |
| 5398 | wakeup.tv_usec += 150000; |
| 5399 | wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000); |
| 5400 | wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000; |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */ |
| 5403 | while (1) |
| 5404 | { |
| 5405 | struct timeval timeout; |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 | /* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout. |
| 5410 | Break if result would be negative. */ |
| 5411 | if (timeval_subtract (&timeout, wakeup, timeout)) |
| 5412 | break; |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */ |
| 5415 | select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout); |
| 5416 | } |
| 5417 | } |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */ |
| 5420 | if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 5421 | { |
| 5422 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 5423 | flash_left, |
| 5424 | (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) |
| 5425 | + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)), |
| 5426 | width, flash_height); |
| 5427 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 5428 | flash_left, |
| 5429 | (height - flash_height |
| 5430 | - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)), |
| 5431 | width, flash_height); |
| 5432 | } |
| 5433 | else |
| 5434 | /* If it is short, flash it all. */ |
| 5435 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 5436 | flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 5437 | width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc); |
| 5440 | x_flush (f); |
| 5441 | } |
| 5442 | } |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */ |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 | void |
| 5453 | XTring_bell () |
| 5454 | { |
| 5455 | struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)) |
| 5458 | { |
| 5459 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 5460 | if (visible_bell) |
| 5461 | XTflash (f); |
| 5462 | else |
| 5463 | #endif |
| 5464 | { |
| 5465 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5466 | XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), 0); |
| 5467 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5468 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5469 | } |
| 5470 | } |
| 5471 | } |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 | \f |
| 5474 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, |
| 5475 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. |
| 5476 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update |
| 5477 | that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */ |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | static void |
| 5480 | XTset_terminal_window (n) |
| 5481 | register int n; |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | /* This function intentionally left blank. */ |
| 5484 | } |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | \f |
| 5488 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5489 | Line Dance |
| 5490 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N |
| 5493 | lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | static void |
| 5496 | x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
| 5497 | int vpos, n; |
| 5498 | { |
| 5499 | abort (); |
| 5500 | } |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | static void |
| 5506 | x_scroll_run (w, run) |
| 5507 | struct window *w; |
| 5508 | struct run *run; |
| 5509 | { |
| 5510 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5511 | int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, |
| 5514 | without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the |
| 5515 | left and right of W. */ |
| 5516 | window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height); |
| 5517 | width += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 5518 | x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); |
| 5521 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); |
| 5522 | bottom_y = y + height; |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 | if (to_y < from_y) |
| 5525 | { |
| 5526 | /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode |
| 5527 | line at the bottom. */ |
| 5528 | if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 5529 | height = bottom_y - from_y; |
| 5530 | else |
| 5531 | height = run->height; |
| 5532 | } |
| 5533 | else |
| 5534 | { |
| 5535 | /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. |
| 5536 | at the bottom. */ |
| 5537 | if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 5538 | height = bottom_y - to_y; |
| 5539 | else |
| 5540 | height = run->height; |
| 5541 | } |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ |
| 5546 | updated_window = w; |
| 5547 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 | XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 5550 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5551 | f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 5552 | x, from_y, |
| 5553 | width, height, |
| 5554 | x, to_y); |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5557 | } |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | \f |
| 5561 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5562 | Exposure Events |
| 5563 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left |
| 5566 | corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of |
| 5567 | the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw |
| 5568 | the entire frame. */ |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | static void |
| 5571 | expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h) |
| 5572 | struct frame *f; |
| 5573 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 5574 | { |
| 5575 | XRectangle r; |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame ")); |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 | /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */ |
| 5580 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 5581 | { |
| 5582 | TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n")); |
| 5583 | return; |
| 5584 | } |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in |
| 5587 | trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose |
| 5588 | event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */ |
| 5589 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL |
| 5590 | || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 5591 | { |
| 5592 | TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n")); |
| 5593 | return; |
| 5594 | } |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | if (w == 0 || h == 0) |
| 5597 | { |
| 5598 | r.x = r.y = 0; |
| 5599 | r.width = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width; |
| 5600 | r.height = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height; |
| 5601 | } |
| 5602 | else |
| 5603 | { |
| 5604 | r.x = x; |
| 5605 | r.y = y; |
| 5606 | r.width = w; |
| 5607 | r.height = h; |
| 5608 | } |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height)); |
| 5611 | expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r); |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 5614 | { |
| 5615 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 5616 | XRectangle window_rect; |
| 5617 | XRectangle intersection_rect; |
| 5618 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 5622 | window_rect.x = window_x; |
| 5623 | window_rect.y = window_y; |
| 5624 | window_rect.width = window_width; |
| 5625 | window_rect.height = window_height; |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect)) |
| 5628 | expose_window (w, &intersection_rect); |
| 5629 | } |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5632 | if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
| 5633 | { |
| 5634 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); |
| 5635 | XRectangle window_rect; |
| 5636 | XRectangle intersection_rect; |
| 5637 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 5641 | window_rect.x = window_x; |
| 5642 | window_rect.y = window_y; |
| 5643 | window_rect.width = window_width; |
| 5644 | window_rect.height = window_height; |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect)) |
| 5647 | expose_window (w, &intersection_rect); |
| 5648 | } |
| 5649 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5650 | } |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that |
| 5654 | intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */ |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 | static void |
| 5657 | expose_window_tree (w, r) |
| 5658 | struct window *w; |
| 5659 | XRectangle *r; |
| 5660 | { |
| 5661 | while (w) |
| 5662 | { |
| 5663 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 5664 | expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r); |
| 5665 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 5666 | expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r); |
| 5667 | else |
| 5668 | { |
| 5669 | XRectangle window_rect; |
| 5670 | XRectangle intersection_rect; |
| 5671 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5672 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 | /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */ |
| 5675 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, |
| 5676 | &window_height); |
| 5677 | window_rect.x |
| 5678 | = (window_x |
| 5679 | - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 5680 | - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)); |
| 5681 | window_rect.y = window_y; |
| 5682 | window_rect.width |
| 5683 | = (window_width |
| 5684 | + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) |
| 5685 | + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)); |
| 5686 | window_rect.height |
| 5687 | = window_height + CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect)) |
| 5690 | expose_window (w, &intersection_rect); |
| 5691 | } |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
| 5694 | } |
| 5695 | } |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W |
| 5699 | which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */ |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | static void |
| 5702 | expose_area (w, row, r, area) |
| 5703 | struct window *w; |
| 5704 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5705 | XRectangle *r; |
| 5706 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5707 | { |
| 5708 | int x; |
| 5709 | struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area]; |
| 5710 | struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; |
| 5711 | struct glyph *last; |
| 5712 | int first_x; |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | /* Set x to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of |
| 5715 | AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible. |
| 5716 | The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */ |
| 5717 | if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5718 | x = 0; |
| 5719 | else if (area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 5720 | x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5721 | else |
| 5722 | x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5723 | + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p) |
| 5726 | /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */ |
| 5727 | x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, |
| 5728 | 0, row->used[area], |
| 5729 | row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 5730 | NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 5731 | else |
| 5732 | { |
| 5733 | /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */ |
| 5734 | while (first < end |
| 5735 | && x + first->pixel_width < r->x) |
| 5736 | { |
| 5737 | x += first->pixel_width; |
| 5738 | ++first; |
| 5739 | } |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | /* Find the last one. */ |
| 5742 | last = first; |
| 5743 | first_x = x; |
| 5744 | while (last < end |
| 5745 | && x < r->x + r->width) |
| 5746 | { |
| 5747 | x += last->pixel_width; |
| 5748 | ++last; |
| 5749 | } |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | /* Repaint. */ |
| 5752 | if (last > first) |
| 5753 | x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x, row, area, |
| 5754 | first - row->glyphs[area], |
| 5755 | last - row->glyphs[area], |
| 5756 | row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 5757 | NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 5758 | } |
| 5759 | } |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting |
| 5763 | rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */ |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | static void |
| 5766 | expose_line (w, row, r) |
| 5767 | struct window *w; |
| 5768 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5769 | XRectangle *r; |
| 5770 | { |
| 5771 | xassert (row->enabled_p); |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 5774 | x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA], |
| 5775 | row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 5776 | NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 5777 | else |
| 5778 | { |
| 5779 | if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 5780 | expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5781 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 5782 | expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA); |
| 5783 | if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 5784 | expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5785 | x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row); |
| 5786 | } |
| 5787 | } |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */ |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | static int |
| 5793 | x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r) |
| 5794 | struct window *w; |
| 5795 | XRectangle *r; |
| 5796 | { |
| 5797 | XRectangle cr, result; |
| 5798 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 5801 | if (cursor_glyph) |
| 5802 | { |
| 5803 | cr.x = w->phys_cursor.x; |
| 5804 | cr.y = w->phys_cursor.y; |
| 5805 | cr.width = cursor_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5806 | cr.height = w->phys_cursor_height; |
| 5807 | return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr, r, &result); |
| 5808 | } |
| 5809 | else |
| 5810 | return 0; |
| 5811 | } |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 | |
| 5814 | /* Redraw a rectangle of window W. R is a rectangle in window |
| 5815 | relative coordinates. Call this function with input blocked. */ |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | static void |
| 5818 | expose_window (w, r) |
| 5819 | struct window *w; |
| 5820 | XRectangle *r; |
| 5821 | { |
| 5822 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5823 | int y; |
| 5824 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 5825 | int cursor_cleared_p; |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can |
| 5828 | happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split. |
| 5829 | Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly |
| 5830 | created window. */ |
| 5831 | if (w->current_matrix == NULL) |
| 5832 | return; |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", |
| 5835 | r->x, r->y, r->width, r->height)); |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | /* Convert to window coordinates. */ |
| 5838 | r->x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->x); |
| 5839 | r->y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y); |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | /* Turn off the cursor. */ |
| 5842 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p |
| 5843 | && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)) |
| 5844 | { |
| 5845 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 5846 | cursor_cleared_p = 1; |
| 5847 | } |
| 5848 | else |
| 5849 | cursor_cleared_p = 0; |
| 5850 | |
| 5851 | /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */ |
| 5852 | row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
| 5853 | y = 0; |
| 5854 | while (row->enabled_p |
| 5855 | && y < yb |
| 5856 | && y + row->height < r->y) |
| 5857 | { |
| 5858 | y += row->height; |
| 5859 | ++row; |
| 5860 | } |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 | /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */ |
| 5863 | while (row->enabled_p |
| 5864 | && y < yb |
| 5865 | && y < r->y + r->height) |
| 5866 | { |
| 5867 | expose_line (w, row, r); |
| 5868 | y += row->height; |
| 5869 | ++row; |
| 5870 | } |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 | /* Display the mode line if there is one. */ |
| 5873 | if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w) |
| 5874 | && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix), |
| 5875 | row->enabled_p) |
| 5876 | && row->y < r->y + r->height) |
| 5877 | expose_line (w, row, r); |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 5880 | { |
| 5881 | /* Draw border between windows. */ |
| 5882 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | /* Turn the cursor on again. */ |
| 5885 | if (cursor_cleared_p) |
| 5886 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 1); |
| 5887 | } |
| 5888 | } |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | /* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return |
| 5892 | the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not |
| 5893 | empty. */ |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | static int |
| 5896 | x_intersect_rectangles (r1, r2, result) |
| 5897 | XRectangle *r1, *r2, *result; |
| 5898 | { |
| 5899 | XRectangle *left, *right; |
| 5900 | XRectangle *upper, *lower; |
| 5901 | int intersection_p = 0; |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 | /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */ |
| 5904 | if (r1->x < r2->x) |
| 5905 | left = r1, right = r2; |
| 5906 | else |
| 5907 | left = r2, right = r1; |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 | /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1, |
| 5910 | otherwise there is no intersection. */ |
| 5911 | if (right->x <= left->x + left->width) |
| 5912 | { |
| 5913 | result->x = right->x; |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the |
| 5916 | the right ends of left and right. */ |
| 5917 | result->width = (min (left->x + left->width, right->x + right->width) |
| 5918 | - result->x); |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | /* Same game for Y. */ |
| 5921 | if (r1->y < r2->y) |
| 5922 | upper = r1, lower = r2; |
| 5923 | else |
| 5924 | upper = r2, lower = r1; |
| 5925 | |
| 5926 | /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside |
| 5927 | of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */ |
| 5928 | if (lower->y <= upper->y + upper->height) |
| 5929 | { |
| 5930 | result->y = lower->y; |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 | /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower |
| 5933 | ends of upper and lower. */ |
| 5934 | result->height = (min (lower->y + lower->height, |
| 5935 | upper->y + upper->height) |
| 5936 | - result->y); |
| 5937 | intersection_p = 1; |
| 5938 | } |
| 5939 | } |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | return intersection_p; |
| 5942 | } |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | \f |
| 5948 | static void |
| 5949 | frame_highlight (f) |
| 5950 | struct frame *f; |
| 5951 | { |
| 5952 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
| 5953 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap |
| 5954 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the |
| 5955 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ |
| 5956 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5957 | XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5958 | f->output_data.x->border_pixel); |
| 5959 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5960 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 5961 | } |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 | static void |
| 5964 | frame_unhighlight (f) |
| 5965 | struct frame *f; |
| 5966 | { |
| 5967 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
| 5968 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap |
| 5969 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the |
| 5970 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ |
| 5971 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5972 | XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5973 | f->output_data.x->border_tile); |
| 5974 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5975 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
| 5979 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame |
| 5980 | here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
| 5981 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
| 5982 | Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | static void |
| 5985 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) |
| 5986 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 5987 | struct frame *frame; |
| 5988 | { |
| 5989 | struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 | if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 5992 | { |
| 5993 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
| 5994 | the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ |
| 5995 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame; |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) |
| 5998 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | #if 0 |
| 6001 | selected_frame = frame; |
| 6002 | XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame, |
| 6003 | selected_frame); |
| 6004 | Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window); |
| 6005 | choose_minibuf_frame (); |
| 6006 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
| 6009 | pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 6010 | else |
| 6011 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 6012 | } |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); |
| 6015 | } |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 | void |
| 6020 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) |
| 6021 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6022 | { |
| 6023 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame); |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
| 6027 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate |
| 6028 | mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which |
| 6031 | frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find |
| 6032 | the appropriate X display info. */ |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | static void |
| 6035 | XTframe_rehighlight (frame) |
| 6036 | struct frame *frame; |
| 6037 | { |
| 6038 | x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
| 6039 | } |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | static void |
| 6042 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) |
| 6043 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6044 | { |
| 6045 | struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame; |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 6048 | { |
| 6049 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame |
| 6050 | = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))) |
| 6051 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)) |
| 6052 | : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame); |
| 6053 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)) |
| 6054 | { |
| 6055 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
| 6056 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 6057 | } |
| 6058 | } |
| 6059 | else |
| 6060 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
| 6063 | { |
| 6064 | if (old_highlight) |
| 6065 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
| 6066 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 6067 | frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); |
| 6068 | } |
| 6069 | } |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | \f |
| 6073 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 | /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ |
| 6076 | static void |
| 6077 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo) |
| 6078 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6079 | { |
| 6080 | int min_code, max_code; |
| 6081 | KeySym *syms; |
| 6082 | int syms_per_code; |
| 6083 | XModifierKeymap *mods; |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6086 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0; |
| 6087 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6088 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6089 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 6092 | XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code); |
| 6093 | #else |
| 6094 | min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode; |
| 6095 | max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode; |
| 6096 | #endif |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display, |
| 6099 | min_code, max_code - min_code + 1, |
| 6100 | &syms_per_code); |
| 6101 | mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display); |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and |
| 6104 | Alt keysyms are on. */ |
| 6105 | { |
| 6106 | int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) |
| 6109 | for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) |
| 6110 | { |
| 6111 | KeyCode code |
| 6112 | = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col]; |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 | /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */ |
| 6115 | if (code == 0) |
| 6116 | continue; |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */ |
| 6119 | { |
| 6120 | int code_col; |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++) |
| 6123 | { |
| 6124 | int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col]; |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | switch (sym) |
| 6127 | { |
| 6128 | case XK_Meta_L: |
| 6129 | case XK_Meta_R: |
| 6130 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6131 | break; |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 | case XK_Alt_L: |
| 6134 | case XK_Alt_R: |
| 6135 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6136 | break; |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 | case XK_Hyper_L: |
| 6139 | case XK_Hyper_R: |
| 6140 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6141 | break; |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | case XK_Super_L: |
| 6144 | case XK_Super_R: |
| 6145 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6146 | break; |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | case XK_Shift_Lock: |
| 6149 | /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */ |
| 6150 | if ((1 << row) == LockMask) |
| 6151 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask; |
| 6152 | break; |
| 6153 | } |
| 6154 | } |
| 6155 | } |
| 6156 | } |
| 6157 | } |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 | /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */ |
| 6160 | if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 6161 | { |
| 6162 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask; |
| 6163 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6164 | } |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 | /* If some keys are both alt and meta, |
| 6167 | make them just meta, not alt. */ |
| 6168 | if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 6169 | { |
| 6170 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask; |
| 6171 | } |
| 6172 | |
| 6173 | XFree ((char *) syms); |
| 6174 | XFreeModifiermap (mods); |
| 6175 | } |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits |
| 6178 | Emacs uses. */ |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 | static unsigned int |
| 6181 | x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 6182 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6183 | unsigned int state; |
| 6184 | { |
| 6185 | return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
| 6186 | | ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
| 6187 | | ((state & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) ? meta_modifier : 0) |
| 6188 | | ((state & dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask) ? alt_modifier : 0) |
| 6189 | | ((state & dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) ? super_modifier : 0) |
| 6190 | | ((state & dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask) ? hyper_modifier : 0)); |
| 6191 | } |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | static unsigned int |
| 6194 | x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 6195 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6196 | unsigned int state; |
| 6197 | { |
| 6198 | return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0) |
| 6199 | | ((state & super_modifier) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0) |
| 6200 | | ((state & hyper_modifier) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0) |
| 6201 | | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0) |
| 6202 | | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0) |
| 6203 | | ((state & meta_modifier) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0)); |
| 6204 | } |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 | /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 | char * |
| 6209 | x_get_keysym_name (keysym) |
| 6210 | KeySym keysym; |
| 6211 | { |
| 6212 | char *value; |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6215 | value = XKeysymToString (keysym); |
| 6216 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | return value; |
| 6219 | } |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 | \f |
| 6223 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ |
| 6224 | |
| 6225 | /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph |
| 6226 | co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the |
| 6227 | glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do |
| 6228 | not force the value into range. */ |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | void |
| 6231 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) |
| 6232 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 6233 | register int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 6234 | register int *x, *y; |
| 6235 | XRectangle *bounds; |
| 6236 | int noclip; |
| 6237 | { |
| 6238 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down |
| 6239 | even for negative values. */ |
| 6240 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 6241 | pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1; |
| 6242 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 6243 | pix_y -= (f)->output_data.x->line_height - 1; |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 | pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 6246 | pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 | if (bounds) |
| 6249 | { |
| 6250 | bounds->width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 6251 | bounds->height = f->output_data.x->line_height; |
| 6252 | bounds->x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 6253 | bounds->y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 6254 | } |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | if (!noclip) |
| 6257 | { |
| 6258 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 6259 | pix_x = 0; |
| 6260 | else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
| 6261 | pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f); |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 6264 | pix_y = 0; |
| 6265 | else if (pix_y > f->height) |
| 6266 | pix_y = f->height; |
| 6267 | } |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | *x = pix_x; |
| 6270 | *y = pix_y; |
| 6271 | } |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding |
| 6275 | frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we |
| 6276 | can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date, |
| 6277 | return 0. */ |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | int |
| 6280 | glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y) |
| 6281 | struct window *w; |
| 6282 | int hpos, vpos; |
| 6283 | int *frame_x, *frame_y; |
| 6284 | { |
| 6285 | int success_p; |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w); |
| 6288 | xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h); |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | if (display_completed) |
| 6291 | { |
| 6292 | struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 6293 | struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 6294 | struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]); |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 | *frame_y = row->y; |
| 6297 | *frame_x = row->x; |
| 6298 | while (glyph < end) |
| 6299 | { |
| 6300 | *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6301 | ++glyph; |
| 6302 | } |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | success_p = 1; |
| 6305 | } |
| 6306 | else |
| 6307 | { |
| 6308 | *frame_y = *frame_x = 0; |
| 6309 | success_p = 0; |
| 6310 | } |
| 6311 | |
| 6312 | *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y); |
| 6313 | *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x); |
| 6314 | return success_p; |
| 6315 | } |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
| 6319 | |
| 6320 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed |
| 6321 | the mouse. */ |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 | static Lisp_Object |
| 6324 | construct_mouse_click (result, event, f) |
| 6325 | struct input_event *result; |
| 6326 | XButtonEvent *event; |
| 6327 | struct frame *f; |
| 6328 | { |
| 6329 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide |
| 6330 | otherwise. */ |
| 6331 | result->kind = mouse_click; |
| 6332 | result->code = event->button - Button1; |
| 6333 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
| 6334 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 6335 | event->state) |
| 6336 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 6337 | ? up_modifier |
| 6338 | : down_modifier)); |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
| 6341 | XSETINT (result->y, event->y); |
| 6342 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6343 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 6344 | return Qnil; |
| 6345 | } |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 | \f |
| 6348 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
| 6349 | The input handler calls this. |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. |
| 6352 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell |
| 6353 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for |
| 6354 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event; |
| 6357 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame; |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | static void |
| 6360 | note_mouse_movement (frame, event) |
| 6361 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 6362 | XMotionEvent *event; |
| 6363 | { |
| 6364 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; |
| 6365 | last_mouse_motion_event = *event; |
| 6366 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame); |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame)) |
| 6369 | { |
| 6370 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 6371 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6372 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); |
| 6373 | } |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
| 6376 | else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x |
| 6377 | || event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width |
| 6378 | || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y |
| 6379 | || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height) |
| 6380 | { |
| 6381 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 6382 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6383 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); |
| 6384 | } |
| 6385 | } |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 | /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 | int disable_mouse_highlight; |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | \f |
| 6393 | /************************************************************************ |
| 6394 | Mouse Face |
| 6395 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 | /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W. |
| 6398 | Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay |
| 6399 | strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of |
| 6400 | the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X. |
| 6401 | Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on |
| 6402 | text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to |
| 6403 | date. */ |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | static struct glyph * |
| 6406 | x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area) |
| 6407 | struct window *w; |
| 6408 | int x, y; |
| 6409 | int *hpos, *vpos, *area; |
| 6410 | { |
| 6411 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
| 6412 | struct glyph_row *row = NULL; |
| 6413 | int x0, i, left_area_width; |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */ |
| 6416 | for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 6417 | { |
| 6418 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
| 6419 | if (!row->enabled_p) |
| 6420 | return NULL; |
| 6421 | if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
| 6422 | break; |
| 6423 | } |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 | *vpos = i; |
| 6426 | *hpos = 0; |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */ |
| 6429 | if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows) |
| 6430 | return NULL; |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 | /* Get the glyph area containing X. */ |
| 6433 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6434 | { |
| 6435 | *area = TEXT_AREA; |
| 6436 | x0 = 0; |
| 6437 | } |
| 6438 | else |
| 6439 | { |
| 6440 | left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6441 | if (x < left_area_width) |
| 6442 | { |
| 6443 | *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
| 6444 | x0 = 0; |
| 6445 | } |
| 6446 | else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)) |
| 6447 | { |
| 6448 | *area = TEXT_AREA; |
| 6449 | x0 = row->x + left_area_width; |
| 6450 | } |
| 6451 | else |
| 6452 | { |
| 6453 | *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
| 6454 | x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 6455 | } |
| 6456 | } |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | /* Find glyph containing X. */ |
| 6459 | glyph = row->glyphs[*area]; |
| 6460 | end = glyph + row->used[*area]; |
| 6461 | while (glyph < end) |
| 6462 | { |
| 6463 | if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
| 6464 | { |
| 6465 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6466 | break; |
| 6467 | else if (BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
| 6468 | break; |
| 6469 | } |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 | x0 += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6472 | ++glyph; |
| 6473 | } |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | if (glyph == end) |
| 6476 | return NULL; |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 | *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area]; |
| 6479 | return glyph; |
| 6480 | } |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W. |
| 6484 | Takes pseudo-windows into account. */ |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | static void |
| 6487 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y) |
| 6488 | struct window *w; |
| 6489 | int *x, *y; |
| 6490 | { |
| 6491 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6492 | { |
| 6493 | /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the |
| 6494 | left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */ |
| 6495 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 6496 | *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f); |
| 6497 | *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); |
| 6498 | } |
| 6499 | else |
| 6500 | { |
| 6501 | *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x); |
| 6502 | *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); |
| 6503 | } |
| 6504 | } |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 | /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or top line of |
| 6508 | window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the |
| 6509 | mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of |
| 6510 | W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted |
| 6511 | to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */ |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 | static void |
| 6514 | note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p) |
| 6515 | struct window *w; |
| 6516 | int x, mode_line_p; |
| 6517 | { |
| 6518 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 6519 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6520 | Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
| 6521 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 6522 | |
| 6523 | if (mode_line_p) |
| 6524 | row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 6525 | else |
| 6526 | row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 | if (row->enabled_p) |
| 6529 | { |
| 6530 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
| 6531 | Lisp_Object help, map; |
| 6532 | int x0; |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 | /* Find the glyph under X. */ |
| 6535 | glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 6536 | end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 6537 | x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f) |
| 6538 | + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)); |
| 6539 | while (glyph < end |
| 6540 | && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
| 6541 | { |
| 6542 | x0 += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6543 | ++glyph; |
| 6544 | } |
| 6545 | |
| 6546 | if (glyph < end |
| 6547 | && STRINGP (glyph->object) |
| 6548 | && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals |
| 6549 | && glyph->charpos >= 0 |
| 6550 | && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size) |
| 6551 | { |
| 6552 | /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, |
| 6553 | arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by |
| 6554 | setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */ |
| 6555 | help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6556 | Qhelp_echo, glyph->object); |
| 6557 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 6558 | { |
| 6559 | help_echo = help; |
| 6560 | XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w); |
| 6561 | help_echo_object = glyph->object; |
| 6562 | help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 6563 | } |
| 6564 | |
| 6565 | /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */ |
| 6566 | map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6567 | Qlocal_map, glyph->object); |
| 6568 | if (KEYMAPP (map)) |
| 6569 | cursor = f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor; |
| 6570 | else |
| 6571 | { |
| 6572 | map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6573 | Qkeymap, glyph->object); |
| 6574 | if (KEYMAPP (map)) |
| 6575 | cursor = f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor; |
| 6576 | } |
| 6577 | } |
| 6578 | } |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor); |
| 6581 | } |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on |
| 6585 | frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face |
| 6586 | properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before. |
| 6587 | X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ |
| 6588 | |
| 6589 | static void |
| 6590 | note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) |
| 6591 | struct frame *f; |
| 6592 | int x, y; |
| 6593 | { |
| 6594 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6595 | int portion; |
| 6596 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 6597 | struct window *w; |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 | /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */ |
| 6600 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 6601 | if (popup_activated ()) |
| 6602 | return; |
| 6603 | #endif |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | if (disable_mouse_highlight |
| 6606 | || !f->glyphs_initialized_p) |
| 6607 | return; |
| 6608 | |
| 6609 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x; |
| 6610 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y; |
| 6611 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer) |
| 6614 | return; |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 | if (gc_in_progress) |
| 6617 | { |
| 6618 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; |
| 6619 | return; |
| 6620 | } |
| 6621 | |
| 6622 | /* Which window is that in? */ |
| 6623 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1); |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ |
| 6626 | if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 6627 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | /* Not on a window -> return. */ |
| 6630 | if (!WINDOWP (window)) |
| 6631 | return; |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */ |
| 6634 | w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 6635 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 | /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a |
| 6638 | buffer. */ |
| 6639 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 6640 | { |
| 6641 | note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y); |
| 6642 | return; |
| 6643 | } |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 | if (portion == 1 || portion == 3) |
| 6646 | { |
| 6647 | /* Mouse is on the mode or top line. */ |
| 6648 | note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1); |
| 6649 | return; |
| 6650 | } |
| 6651 | else |
| 6652 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 6653 | f->output_data.x->text_cursor); |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? |
| 6656 | And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ |
| 6657 | if (/* Within text portion of the window. */ |
| 6658 | portion == 0 |
| 6659 | && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) |
| 6660 | && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
| 6661 | && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) |
| 6662 | == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))) |
| 6663 | { |
| 6664 | int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area; |
| 6665 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 6666 | |
| 6667 | /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ |
| 6668 | glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area); |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 | /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */ |
| 6671 | if (glyph == NULL |
| 6672 | || area != TEXT_AREA |
| 6673 | || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p) |
| 6674 | { |
| 6675 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6676 | return; |
| 6677 | } |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 6680 | xassert (w->pseudo_window_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object)); |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo. */ |
| 6683 | { |
| 6684 | Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position; |
| 6685 | Lisp_Object *overlay_vec; |
| 6686 | int len, noverlays; |
| 6687 | struct buffer *obuf; |
| 6688 | int obegv, ozv; |
| 6689 | |
| 6690 | /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ |
| 6691 | if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 6692 | return; |
| 6693 | |
| 6694 | /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for |
| 6695 | overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ |
| 6696 | obuf = current_buffer; |
| 6697 | current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
| 6698 | obegv = BEGV; |
| 6699 | ozv = ZV; |
| 6700 | BEGV = BEG; |
| 6701 | ZV = Z; |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */ |
| 6704 | XSETINT (position, pos); |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 | /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. |
| 6707 | Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make |
| 6708 | enough space for all, and try again. */ |
| 6709 | len = 10; |
| 6710 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); |
| 6711 | noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 6712 | if (noverlays > len) |
| 6713 | { |
| 6714 | len = noverlays; |
| 6715 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); |
| 6716 | noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0); |
| 6717 | } |
| 6718 | |
| 6719 | /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */ |
| 6720 | noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 | /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */ |
| 6723 | if (! (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 6724 | && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6725 | && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6726 | && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6727 | || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 6728 | && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6729 | || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col |
| 6730 | || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))) |
| 6731 | { |
| 6732 | /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ |
| 6733 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6734 | |
| 6735 | /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */ |
| 6736 | overlay = Qnil; |
| 6737 | for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
| 6738 | { |
| 6739 | mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); |
| 6740 | if (!NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 6741 | { |
| 6742 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; |
| 6743 | break; |
| 6744 | } |
| 6745 | } |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ |
| 6748 | if (NILP (overlay)) |
| 6749 | mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer); |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 | /* Handle the overlay case. */ |
| 6752 | if (! NILP (overlay)) |
| 6753 | { |
| 6754 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 6755 | should be active. */ |
| 6756 | Lisp_Object before, after; |
| 6757 | int ignore; |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 | before = Foverlay_start (overlay); |
| 6760 | after = Foverlay_end (overlay); |
| 6761 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 6762 | fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), |
| 6763 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 6764 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 6765 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 6766 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y); |
| 6767 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end |
| 6768 | = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), |
| 6769 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 6770 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 6771 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 6772 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y); |
| 6773 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 6774 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 6775 | = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 6776 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 6779 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 6780 | } |
| 6781 | /* Handle the text property case. */ |
| 6782 | else if (! NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 6783 | { |
| 6784 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 6785 | should be active. */ |
| 6786 | Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; |
| 6787 | int ignore; |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 | beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); |
| 6790 | XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
| 6791 | - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))); |
| 6792 | before |
| 6793 | = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), |
| 6794 | Qmouse_face, |
| 6795 | w->buffer, beginning); |
| 6796 | after |
| 6797 | = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, |
| 6798 | w->buffer, end); |
| 6799 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 6800 | fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), |
| 6801 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 6802 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 6803 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 6804 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y); |
| 6805 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end |
| 6806 | = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), |
| 6807 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 6808 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 6809 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 6810 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y); |
| 6811 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 6812 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 6813 | = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 6814 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 6817 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 6818 | } |
| 6819 | } |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 | /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */ |
| 6822 | { |
| 6823 | Lisp_Object help, overlay; |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 | /* Check overlays first. */ |
| 6826 | help = overlay = Qnil; |
| 6827 | for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i) |
| 6828 | { |
| 6829 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; |
| 6830 | help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo); |
| 6831 | } |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 6834 | { |
| 6835 | help_echo = help; |
| 6836 | help_echo_window = window; |
| 6837 | help_echo_object = overlay; |
| 6838 | help_echo_pos = pos; |
| 6839 | } |
| 6840 | else |
| 6841 | { |
| 6842 | /* Try text properties. */ |
| 6843 | if ((STRINGP (glyph->object) |
| 6844 | && glyph->charpos >= 0 |
| 6845 | && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size) |
| 6846 | || (BUFFERP (glyph->object) |
| 6847 | && glyph->charpos >= BEGV |
| 6848 | && glyph->charpos < ZV)) |
| 6849 | help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 6850 | Qhelp_echo, glyph->object); |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 6853 | { |
| 6854 | help_echo = help; |
| 6855 | help_echo_window = window; |
| 6856 | help_echo_object = glyph->object; |
| 6857 | help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 6858 | } |
| 6859 | } |
| 6860 | } |
| 6861 | |
| 6862 | BEGV = obegv; |
| 6863 | ZV = ozv; |
| 6864 | current_buffer = obuf; |
| 6865 | } |
| 6866 | } |
| 6867 | } |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 | static void |
| 6870 | redo_mouse_highlight () |
| 6871 | { |
| 6872 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame) |
| 6873 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame))) |
| 6874 | note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame), |
| 6875 | last_mouse_motion_event.x, |
| 6876 | last_mouse_motion_event.y); |
| 6877 | } |
| 6878 | |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | \f |
| 6881 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 6882 | Tool-bars |
| 6883 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, |
| 6886 | struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *)); |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 | /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed |
| 6889 | or -1. */ |
| 6890 | |
| 6891 | static int last_tool_bar_item; |
| 6892 | |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 | /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F. |
| 6895 | Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in |
| 6896 | the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not |
| 6897 | on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar |
| 6898 | item in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is |
| 6899 | |
| 6900 | -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item |
| 6901 | 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before. |
| 6902 | 1 otherwise. */ |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 | static int |
| 6905 | x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx) |
| 6906 | struct frame *f; |
| 6907 | int x, y; |
| 6908 | struct glyph **glyph; |
| 6909 | int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx; |
| 6910 | { |
| 6911 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6912 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 6913 | int area; |
| 6914 | |
| 6915 | /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ |
| 6916 | *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area); |
| 6917 | if (*glyph == NULL) |
| 6918 | return -1; |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 | /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in |
| 6921 | f->current_tool_bar_items. */ |
| 6922 | if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx)) |
| 6923 | return -1; |
| 6924 | |
| 6925 | /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */ |
| 6926 | if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 6927 | && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6928 | && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6929 | && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 6930 | || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 6931 | && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 6932 | || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col |
| 6933 | || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)) |
| 6934 | return 0; |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | return 1; |
| 6937 | } |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at |
| 6941 | frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress |
| 6942 | or ButtonRelase. */ |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 | static void |
| 6945 | x_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event) |
| 6946 | struct frame *f; |
| 6947 | XButtonEvent *button_event; |
| 6948 | { |
| 6949 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6950 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 6951 | int hpos, vpos, prop_idx; |
| 6952 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 6953 | Lisp_Object enabled_p; |
| 6954 | int x = button_event->x; |
| 6955 | int y = button_event->y; |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */ |
| 6958 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); |
| 6959 | if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0) |
| 6960 | return; |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 | /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */ |
| 6963 | enabled_p = (XVECTOR (f->current_tool_bar_items) |
| 6964 | ->contents[prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P]); |
| 6965 | if (NILP (enabled_p)) |
| 6966 | return; |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | if (button_event->type == ButtonPress) |
| 6969 | { |
| 6970 | /* Show item in pressed state. */ |
| 6971 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN); |
| 6972 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN; |
| 6973 | last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx; |
| 6974 | } |
| 6975 | else |
| 6976 | { |
| 6977 | Lisp_Object key, frame; |
| 6978 | struct input_event event; |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | /* Show item in released state. */ |
| 6981 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED); |
| 6982 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | key = (XVECTOR (f->current_tool_bar_items) |
| 6985 | ->contents[prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY]); |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 6988 | event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
| 6989 | event.frame_or_window = frame; |
| 6990 | event.arg = frame; |
| 6991 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 | event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
| 6994 | event.frame_or_window = frame; |
| 6995 | event.arg = key; |
| 6996 | event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 6997 | button_event->state); |
| 6998 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
| 6999 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 7000 | } |
| 7001 | } |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to |
| 7005 | tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from |
| 7006 | note_mouse_highlight. */ |
| 7007 | |
| 7008 | static void |
| 7009 | note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y) |
| 7010 | struct frame *f; |
| 7011 | int x, y; |
| 7012 | { |
| 7013 | Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window; |
| 7014 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 7015 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7016 | int hpos, vpos; |
| 7017 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 7018 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 7019 | int i; |
| 7020 | Lisp_Object enabled_p; |
| 7021 | int prop_idx; |
| 7022 | enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 7023 | int mouse_down_p, rc; |
| 7024 | |
| 7025 | /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y |
| 7026 | values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */ |
| 7027 | if (x <= 0 || y <= 0) |
| 7028 | { |
| 7029 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7030 | return; |
| 7031 | } |
| 7032 | |
| 7033 | rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx); |
| 7034 | if (rc < 0) |
| 7035 | { |
| 7036 | /* Not on tool-bar item. */ |
| 7037 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7038 | return; |
| 7039 | } |
| 7040 | else if (rc == 0) |
| 7041 | /* On same tool-bar item as before. */ |
| 7042 | goto set_help_echo; |
| 7043 | |
| 7044 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7045 | |
| 7046 | /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */ |
| 7047 | mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed |
| 7048 | && f == last_mouse_frame |
| 7049 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); |
| 7050 | if (mouse_down_p |
| 7051 | && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx) |
| 7052 | return; |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; |
| 7055 | draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 | /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */ |
| 7058 | enabled_p = (XVECTOR (f->current_tool_bar_items) |
| 7059 | ->contents[prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P]); |
| 7060 | if (!NILP (enabled_p)) |
| 7061 | { |
| 7062 | /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the |
| 7063 | image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */ |
| 7064 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 7065 | for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i) |
| 7066 | x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width; |
| 7067 | |
| 7068 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 7069 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos; |
| 7070 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos; |
| 7071 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x; |
| 7072 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y; |
| 7073 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0; |
| 7074 | |
| 7075 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1; |
| 7076 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos; |
| 7077 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width; |
| 7078 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y; |
| 7079 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 7080 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID; |
| 7081 | |
| 7082 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 7083 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw); |
| 7084 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw; |
| 7085 | } |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 | set_help_echo: |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item. |
| 7090 | XTread_socket does the rest. */ |
| 7091 | help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 7092 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 7093 | help_echo = (XVECTOR (f->current_tool_bar_items) |
| 7094 | ->contents[prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP]); |
| 7095 | if (NILP (help_echo)) |
| 7096 | help_echo = (XVECTOR (f->current_tool_bar_items) |
| 7097 | ->contents[prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION]); |
| 7098 | } |
| 7099 | |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | \f |
| 7102 | /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W. |
| 7103 | *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's |
| 7104 | current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start |
| 7105 | return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of |
| 7106 | last line in W. */ |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 | static int |
| 7109 | fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 7110 | struct window *w; |
| 7111 | int pos; |
| 7112 | int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y; |
| 7113 | { |
| 7114 | int i; |
| 7115 | int lastcol; |
| 7116 | int maybe_next_line_p = 0; |
| 7117 | int line_start_position; |
| 7118 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 7119 | struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0); |
| 7120 | struct glyph_row *best_row = row; |
| 7121 | int row_vpos = 0, best_row_vpos = 0; |
| 7122 | int current_x; |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 | while (row->y < yb) |
| 7125 | { |
| 7126 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 7127 | line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos; |
| 7128 | else |
| 7129 | line_start_position = 0; |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | if (line_start_position > pos) |
| 7132 | break; |
| 7133 | /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer, |
| 7134 | don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */ |
| 7135 | else if (line_start_position == pos |
| 7136 | && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 7137 | { |
| 7138 | maybe_next_line_p = 1; |
| 7139 | break; |
| 7140 | } |
| 7141 | else if (line_start_position > 0) |
| 7142 | { |
| 7143 | best_row = row; |
| 7144 | best_row_vpos = row_vpos; |
| 7145 | } |
| 7146 | |
| 7147 | if (row->y + row->height >= yb) |
| 7148 | break; |
| 7149 | |
| 7150 | ++row; |
| 7151 | ++row_vpos; |
| 7152 | } |
| 7153 | |
| 7154 | /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */ |
| 7155 | lastcol = 0; |
| 7156 | current_x = best_row->x; |
| 7157 | for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++) |
| 7158 | { |
| 7159 | struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i; |
| 7160 | int charpos; |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 | charpos = glyph->charpos; |
| 7163 | if (charpos == pos) |
| 7164 | { |
| 7165 | *hpos = i; |
| 7166 | *vpos = best_row_vpos; |
| 7167 | *x = current_x; |
| 7168 | *y = best_row->y; |
| 7169 | return 1; |
| 7170 | } |
| 7171 | else if (charpos > pos) |
| 7172 | break; |
| 7173 | else if (charpos > 0) |
| 7174 | lastcol = i; |
| 7175 | |
| 7176 | current_x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 7177 | } |
| 7178 | |
| 7179 | /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer, |
| 7180 | and we didn't find it in the line we scanned, |
| 7181 | use the start of the following line. */ |
| 7182 | if (maybe_next_line_p) |
| 7183 | { |
| 7184 | ++best_row; |
| 7185 | ++best_row_vpos; |
| 7186 | lastcol = 0; |
| 7187 | current_x = best_row->x; |
| 7188 | } |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | *vpos = best_row_vpos; |
| 7191 | *hpos = lastcol + 1; |
| 7192 | *x = current_x; |
| 7193 | *y = best_row->y; |
| 7194 | return 0; |
| 7195 | } |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 | /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* |
| 7199 | in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ |
| 7200 | |
| 7201 | static void |
| 7202 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw) |
| 7203 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 7204 | enum draw_glyphs_face draw; |
| 7205 | { |
| 7206 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window); |
| 7207 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 7208 | int i; |
| 7209 | int cursor_off_p = 0; |
| 7210 | struct cursor_pos saved_cursor; |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | saved_cursor = output_cursor; |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 | /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother |
| 7215 | to do anything. */ |
| 7216 | if (w->current_matrix == NULL) |
| 7217 | goto set_x_cursor; |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 | /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist |
| 7220 | anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */ |
| 7221 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row >= w->current_matrix->nrows) |
| 7222 | goto set_x_cursor; |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 | set_output_cursor (&w->phys_cursor); |
| 7225 | |
| 7226 | /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */ |
| 7227 | for (i = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row; |
| 7228 | i <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row; |
| 7229 | i++) |
| 7230 | { |
| 7231 | int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x; |
| 7232 | struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 | /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */ |
| 7235 | if (!row->enabled_p) |
| 7236 | continue; |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */ |
| 7239 | if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row) |
| 7240 | { |
| 7241 | start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col; |
| 7242 | start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x; |
| 7243 | } |
| 7244 | else |
| 7245 | { |
| 7246 | start_hpos = 0; |
| 7247 | start_x = 0; |
| 7248 | } |
| 7249 | |
| 7250 | if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row) |
| 7251 | end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col; |
| 7252 | else |
| 7253 | end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7254 | |
| 7255 | /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the |
| 7256 | cursor off. */ |
| 7257 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p |
| 7258 | && i == output_cursor.vpos |
| 7259 | && output_cursor.hpos >= start_hpos - 1 |
| 7260 | && output_cursor.hpos <= end_hpos) |
| 7261 | { |
| 7262 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 0); |
| 7263 | cursor_off_p = 1; |
| 7264 | } |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | if (end_hpos > start_hpos) |
| 7267 | { |
| 7268 | row->mouse_face_p = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE; |
| 7269 | x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA, |
| 7270 | start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 7271 | } |
| 7272 | } |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ |
| 7275 | if (cursor_off_p) |
| 7276 | x_display_cursor (w, 1, |
| 7277 | output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos, |
| 7278 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 | output_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 | set_x_cursor: |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 | /* Change the mouse cursor. */ |
| 7285 | if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 7286 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7287 | f->output_data.x->text_cursor); |
| 7288 | else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 7289 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7290 | f->output_data.x->cross_cursor); |
| 7291 | else |
| 7292 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7293 | f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor); |
| 7294 | } |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. |
| 7297 | Redraw it un-highlighted first. */ |
| 7298 | |
| 7299 | void |
| 7300 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo) |
| 7301 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 7302 | { |
| 7303 | if (tip_frame) |
| 7304 | return; |
| 7305 | |
| 7306 | if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 7307 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT); |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 7310 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 7311 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 7312 | } |
| 7313 | |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 | /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the |
| 7316 | redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar |
| 7317 | functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */ |
| 7318 | |
| 7319 | static void |
| 7320 | x_clear_mouse_face (w) |
| 7321 | struct window *w; |
| 7322 | { |
| 7323 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 7324 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7327 | XSETWINDOW (window, w); |
| 7328 | if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 7329 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7330 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7331 | } |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 | /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any. |
| 7335 | This is used when the size of F is changed. */ |
| 7336 | |
| 7337 | void |
| 7338 | cancel_mouse_face (f) |
| 7339 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 7340 | { |
| 7341 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 7342 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7343 | |
| 7344 | window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window; |
| 7345 | if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f) |
| 7346 | { |
| 7347 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 7348 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 7349 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 7350 | } |
| 7351 | } |
| 7352 | \f |
| 7353 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
| 7354 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
| 7357 | *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. |
| 7358 | |
| 7359 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window, |
| 7360 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse |
| 7361 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
| 7362 | position on the scroll bar. |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the |
| 7365 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell |
| 7366 | the mouse is over. |
| 7367 | |
| 7368 | Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse |
| 7369 | was at this position. |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
| 7374 | movement. */ |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 | static void |
| 7377 | XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 7378 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 7379 | int insist; |
| 7380 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 7381 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 7382 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 7383 | unsigned long *time; |
| 7384 | { |
| 7385 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
| 7386 | |
| 7387 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) |
| 7390 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
| 7391 | else |
| 7392 | { |
| 7393 | Window root; |
| 7394 | int root_x, root_y; |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | Window dummy_window; |
| 7397 | int dummy; |
| 7398 | |
| 7399 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ |
| 7402 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 7403 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)) |
| 7404 | XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 | /* Figure out which root window we're on. */ |
| 7409 | XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 7410 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)), |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 | /* The root window which contains the pointer. */ |
| 7413 | &root, |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 | /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on |
| 7416 | a different screen. */ |
| 7417 | &dummy_window, |
| 7418 | |
| 7419 | /* The position on that root window. */ |
| 7420 | &root_x, &root_y, |
| 7421 | |
| 7422 | /* More trash we can't trust. */ |
| 7423 | &dummy, &dummy, |
| 7424 | |
| 7425 | /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which |
| 7426 | we don't care. */ |
| 7427 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); |
| 7428 | |
| 7429 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window |
| 7430 | containing the pointer. */ |
| 7431 | { |
| 7432 | Window win, child; |
| 7433 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 7434 | int parent_x = 0, parent_y = 0; |
| 7435 | int count; |
| 7436 | |
| 7437 | win = root; |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window |
| 7440 | structure is changing at the same time this function |
| 7441 | is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */ |
| 7442 | |
| 7443 | count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)); |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 7446 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 7447 | { |
| 7448 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
| 7449 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ |
| 7450 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 7451 | |
| 7452 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 7453 | root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame), |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 7456 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 7457 | |
| 7458 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 7459 | &child); |
| 7460 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
| 7461 | } |
| 7462 | else |
| 7463 | { |
| 7464 | while (1) |
| 7465 | { |
| 7466 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 7467 | |
| 7468 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 7469 | root, win, |
| 7470 | |
| 7471 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 7472 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 7473 | |
| 7474 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 7475 | &child); |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 | if (child == None || child == win) |
| 7478 | break; |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 | win = child; |
| 7481 | parent_x = win_x; |
| 7482 | parent_y = win_y; |
| 7483 | } |
| 7484 | |
| 7485 | /* Now we know that: |
| 7486 | win is the innermost window containing the pointer |
| 7487 | (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer), |
| 7488 | win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it |
| 7489 | (XTC did this the last time through), and |
| 7490 | parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent. |
| 7491 | (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child. |
| 7492 | If win is the root window, it has no parent, and |
| 7493 | parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll |
| 7494 | never use them in that case.) */ |
| 7495 | |
| 7496 | /* Is win one of our frames? */ |
| 7497 | f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), win); |
| 7498 | } |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp))) |
| 7501 | f1 = 0; |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 | x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), count); |
| 7504 | |
| 7505 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
| 7506 | if (! f1) |
| 7507 | { |
| 7508 | struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (win); |
| 7509 | |
| 7510 | if (bar) |
| 7511 | { |
| 7512 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 7513 | win_x = parent_x; |
| 7514 | win_y = parent_y; |
| 7515 | } |
| 7516 | } |
| 7517 | |
| 7518 | if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0) |
| 7519 | f1 = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | if (f1) |
| 7522 | { |
| 7523 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. |
| 7524 | last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the |
| 7525 | generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion |
| 7526 | events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the |
| 7527 | size of the smallest character that could be displayed |
| 7528 | on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on |
| 7529 | the frame are divided into. */ |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 | #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE |
| 7532 | int ignore1, ignore2; |
| 7533 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2, |
| 7534 | &last_mouse_glyph, |
| 7535 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed |
| 7536 | || insist); |
| 7537 | #else |
| 7538 | { |
| 7539 | int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1); |
| 7540 | int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1); |
| 7541 | int x = win_x; |
| 7542 | int y = win_y; |
| 7543 | |
| 7544 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to |
| 7545 | round down even for negative values. */ |
| 7546 | if (x < 0) |
| 7547 | x -= width - 1; |
| 7548 | if (y < 0) |
| 7549 | y -= height - 1; |
| 7550 | |
| 7551 | last_mouse_glyph.width = width; |
| 7552 | last_mouse_glyph.height = height; |
| 7553 | last_mouse_glyph.x = (x + width - 1) / width * width; |
| 7554 | last_mouse_glyph.y = (y + height - 1) / height * height; |
| 7555 | } |
| 7556 | #endif |
| 7557 | |
| 7558 | *bar_window = Qnil; |
| 7559 | *part = 0; |
| 7560 | *fp = f1; |
| 7561 | XSETINT (*x, win_x); |
| 7562 | XSETINT (*y, win_y); |
| 7563 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 7564 | } |
| 7565 | } |
| 7566 | } |
| 7567 | |
| 7568 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7569 | } |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 7573 | |
| 7574 | /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process |
| 7575 | Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as |
| 7576 | much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush |
| 7577 | that slows us down. */ |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 | static void |
| 7580 | x_process_timeouts (timer) |
| 7581 | struct atimer *timer; |
| 7582 | { |
| 7583 | if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction || popup_activated_flag) |
| 7584 | { |
| 7585 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7586 | while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con) & XtIMTimer) |
| 7587 | XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con, XtIMTimer); |
| 7588 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7589 | } |
| 7590 | } |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 | \f |
| 7595 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 | /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
| 7598 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark |
| 7599 | bits. */ |
| 7600 | |
| 7601 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 7602 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) |
| 7603 | Window window_id; |
| 7604 | { |
| 7605 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 7606 | |
| 7607 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
| 7608 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; |
| 7609 | tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 7610 | { |
| 7611 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
| 7612 | |
| 7613 | frame = XCAR (tail); |
| 7614 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
| 7615 | if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame)) |
| 7616 | abort (); |
| 7617 | |
| 7618 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
| 7619 | right window ID. */ |
| 7620 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 7621 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 7622 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
| 7623 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
| 7624 | ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, |
| 7625 | condemned = Qnil, |
| 7626 | ! GC_NILP (bar)); |
| 7627 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 7628 | if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
| 7629 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 7630 | } |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 | return 0; |
| 7633 | } |
| 7634 | |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 | \f |
| 7637 | /************************************************************************ |
| 7638 | Toolkit scroll bars |
| 7639 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 7640 | |
| 7641 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 7642 | |
| 7643 | static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event P_ ((XEvent *, struct input_event *)); |
| 7644 | static void x_send_scroll_bar_event P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int)); |
| 7645 | static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 7646 | struct scroll_bar *)); |
| 7647 | static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb P_ ((struct scroll_bar *, |
| 7648 | int, int, int)); |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 | |
| 7651 | /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */ |
| 7652 | |
| 7653 | static XtActionHookId action_hook_id; |
| 7654 | |
| 7655 | /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with |
| 7656 | a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */ |
| 7657 | |
| 7658 | static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled; |
| 7659 | |
| 7660 | /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */ |
| 7661 | |
| 7662 | static int last_scroll_bar_part; |
| 7663 | |
| 7664 | /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply |
| 7665 | that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */ |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll; |
| 7668 | |
| 7669 | /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the |
| 7670 | thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully |
| 7671 | to avoid jerkyness. */ |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 | static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top; |
| 7674 | |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 | /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll |
| 7677 | bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when |
| 7678 | the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates |
| 7679 | a `end-scroll' scroll_bar_click' event if so. */ |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 | static void |
| 7682 | xt_action_hook (widget, client_data, action_name, event, params, |
| 7683 | num_params) |
| 7684 | Widget widget; |
| 7685 | XtPointer client_data; |
| 7686 | String action_name; |
| 7687 | XEvent *event; |
| 7688 | String *params; |
| 7689 | Cardinal *num_params; |
| 7690 | { |
| 7691 | int scroll_bar_p; |
| 7692 | char *end_action; |
| 7693 | |
| 7694 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 7695 | scroll_bar_p = XmIsScrollBar (widget); |
| 7696 | end_action = "Release"; |
| 7697 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 7698 | scroll_bar_p = XtIsSubclass (widget, scrollbarWidgetClass); |
| 7699 | end_action = "EndScroll"; |
| 7700 | #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ |
| 7701 | |
| 7702 | if (scroll_bar_p |
| 7703 | && strcmp (action_name, end_action) == 0 |
| 7704 | && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled)) |
| 7705 | { |
| 7706 | struct window *w; |
| 7707 | |
| 7708 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled, |
| 7709 | scroll_bar_end_scroll, 0, 0); |
| 7710 | w = XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled); |
| 7711 | XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7712 | window_being_scrolled = Qnil; |
| 7713 | last_scroll_bar_part = -1; |
| 7714 | |
| 7715 | /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */ |
| 7716 | toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 0; |
| 7717 | } |
| 7718 | } |
| 7719 | |
| 7720 | /* A vector of windows used for communication between |
| 7721 | x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */ |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | static struct window **scroll_bar_windows; |
| 7724 | static int scroll_bar_windows_size; |
| 7725 | |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 | /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a |
| 7728 | scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying |
| 7729 | the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the |
| 7730 | amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */ |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 | static void |
| 7733 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (window, part, portion, whole) |
| 7734 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 7735 | int part, portion, whole; |
| 7736 | { |
| 7737 | XEvent event; |
| 7738 | XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) &event; |
| 7739 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 7740 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 7741 | int i; |
| 7742 | |
| 7743 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7744 | |
| 7745 | /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */ |
| 7746 | ev->type = ClientMessage; |
| 7747 | ev->message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_Scrollbar; |
| 7748 | ev->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 7749 | ev->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 7750 | ev->format = 32; |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is |
| 7753 | not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system. |
| 7754 | So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index |
| 7755 | into that array in the event. */ |
| 7756 | for (i = 0; i < scroll_bar_windows_size; ++i) |
| 7757 | if (scroll_bar_windows[i] == NULL) |
| 7758 | break; |
| 7759 | |
| 7760 | if (i == scroll_bar_windows_size) |
| 7761 | { |
| 7762 | int new_size = max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size); |
| 7763 | size_t nbytes = new_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows; |
| 7764 | size_t old_nbytes = scroll_bar_windows_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows; |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | scroll_bar_windows = (struct window **) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows, |
| 7767 | nbytes); |
| 7768 | bzero (&scroll_bar_windows[i], nbytes - old_nbytes); |
| 7769 | scroll_bar_windows_size = new_size; |
| 7770 | } |
| 7771 | |
| 7772 | scroll_bar_windows[i] = w; |
| 7773 | ev->data.l[0] = (long) i; |
| 7774 | ev->data.l[1] = (long) part; |
| 7775 | ev->data.l[2] = (long) 0; |
| 7776 | ev->data.l[3] = (long) portion; |
| 7777 | ev->data.l[4] = (long) whole; |
| 7778 | |
| 7779 | /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */ |
| 7780 | toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 1; |
| 7781 | |
| 7782 | /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will |
| 7783 | be sent to the client that created the window, and if that |
| 7784 | window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */ |
| 7785 | XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), False, 0, &event); |
| 7786 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7787 | } |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 | /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event |
| 7791 | in *IEVENT. */ |
| 7792 | |
| 7793 | static void |
| 7794 | x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event, ievent) |
| 7795 | XEvent *event; |
| 7796 | struct input_event *ievent; |
| 7797 | { |
| 7798 | XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) event; |
| 7799 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 7800 | struct frame *f; |
| 7801 | struct window *w; |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 | w = scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]]; |
| 7804 | scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]] = NULL; |
| 7805 | |
| 7806 | XSETWINDOW (window, w); |
| 7807 | f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 7808 | |
| 7809 | ievent->kind = scroll_bar_click; |
| 7810 | ievent->frame_or_window = window; |
| 7811 | ievent->arg = Qnil; |
| 7812 | ievent->timestamp = XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 7813 | ievent->part = ev->data.l[1]; |
| 7814 | ievent->code = ev->data.l[2]; |
| 7815 | ievent->x = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[3]); |
| 7816 | ievent->y = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[4]); |
| 7817 | ievent->modifiers = 0; |
| 7818 | } |
| 7819 | |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 7822 | |
| 7823 | /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */ |
| 7824 | |
| 7825 | #define XM_SB_MIN 1 |
| 7826 | #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000 |
| 7827 | #define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN) |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | |
| 7830 | /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll |
| 7831 | bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. |
| 7832 | CALL_DATA is a pointer a a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */ |
| 7833 | |
| 7834 | static void |
| 7835 | xm_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) |
| 7836 | Widget widget; |
| 7837 | XtPointer client_data, call_data; |
| 7838 | { |
| 7839 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; |
| 7840 | XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *cs = (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *) call_data; |
| 7841 | double percent; |
| 7842 | int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0; |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 | switch (cs->reason) |
| 7845 | { |
| 7846 | case XmCR_DECREMENT: |
| 7847 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7848 | part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
| 7849 | break; |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 | case XmCR_INCREMENT: |
| 7852 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7853 | part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 7854 | break; |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 | case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT: |
| 7857 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7858 | part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 7859 | break; |
| 7860 | |
| 7861 | case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT: |
| 7862 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7863 | part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 7864 | break; |
| 7865 | |
| 7866 | case XmCR_TO_TOP: |
| 7867 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7868 | part = scroll_bar_to_top; |
| 7869 | break; |
| 7870 | |
| 7871 | case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM: |
| 7872 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7873 | part = scroll_bar_to_bottom; |
| 7874 | break; |
| 7875 | |
| 7876 | case XmCR_DRAG: |
| 7877 | { |
| 7878 | int slider_size; |
| 7879 | int dragging_down_p = (INTEGERP (bar->dragging) |
| 7880 | && XINT (bar->dragging) <= cs->value); |
| 7881 | |
| 7882 | /* Get the slider size. */ |
| 7883 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7884 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XmNsliderSize, &slider_size, NULL); |
| 7885 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7886 | |
| 7887 | /* At the max position of the scroll bar, do a line-wise |
| 7888 | movement. Without doing anything, the LessTif scroll bar |
| 7889 | calls us with the same cs->value again and again. If we |
| 7890 | want to make sure that we can reach the end of the buffer, |
| 7891 | we have to do something. |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 | Implementation note: setting bar->dragging always to |
| 7894 | cs->value gives a smoother movement at the max position. |
| 7895 | Setting it to nil when doing line-wise movement gives |
| 7896 | a better slider behavior. */ |
| 7897 | |
| 7898 | if (cs->value + slider_size == XM_SB_MAX |
| 7899 | || (dragging_down_p |
| 7900 | && last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)) |
| 7901 | { |
| 7902 | part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 7903 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 7904 | } |
| 7905 | else |
| 7906 | { |
| 7907 | whole = XM_SB_RANGE; |
| 7908 | portion = min (cs->value - XM_SB_MIN, XM_SB_MAX - slider_size); |
| 7909 | part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7910 | bar->dragging = make_number (cs->value); |
| 7911 | } |
| 7912 | } |
| 7913 | break; |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 | case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED: |
| 7916 | break; |
| 7917 | }; |
| 7918 | |
| 7919 | if (part >= 0) |
| 7920 | { |
| 7921 | window_being_scrolled = bar->window; |
| 7922 | last_scroll_bar_part = part; |
| 7923 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole); |
| 7924 | } |
| 7925 | } |
| 7926 | |
| 7927 | |
| 7928 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw. */ |
| 7929 | |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 | /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged. |
| 7932 | WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the |
| 7933 | scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where |
| 7934 | the thumb is. */ |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 | static void |
| 7937 | xaw_jump_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) |
| 7938 | Widget widget; |
| 7939 | XtPointer client_data, call_data; |
| 7940 | { |
| 7941 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; |
| 7942 | float top = *(float *) call_data; |
| 7943 | float shown; |
| 7944 | int whole, portion, height; |
| 7945 | int part; |
| 7946 | |
| 7947 | /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */ |
| 7948 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7949 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNshown, &shown, XtNheight, &height, NULL); |
| 7950 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 | whole = 10000000; |
| 7953 | portion = shown < 1 ? top * whole : 0; |
| 7954 | |
| 7955 | if (shown < 1 && (abs (top + shown - 1) < 1.0/height)) |
| 7956 | /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach |
| 7957 | the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're |
| 7958 | too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb |
| 7959 | we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the |
| 7960 | bottom). */ |
| 7961 | part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 7962 | else |
| 7963 | part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 7964 | |
| 7965 | window_being_scrolled = bar->window; |
| 7966 | bar->dragging = make_number (portion); |
| 7967 | last_scroll_bar_part = part; |
| 7968 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole); |
| 7969 | } |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 | |
| 7972 | /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling., |
| 7973 | i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar |
| 7974 | widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for |
| 7975 | the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that |
| 7976 | has taken place. It's magnitude is in the range 0..height of the |
| 7977 | scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start. |
| 7978 | Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */ |
| 7979 | |
| 7980 | static void |
| 7981 | xaw_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) |
| 7982 | Widget widget; |
| 7983 | XtPointer client_data, call_data; |
| 7984 | { |
| 7985 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; |
| 7986 | int position = (int) call_data; |
| 7987 | Dimension height; |
| 7988 | int part; |
| 7989 | |
| 7990 | /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */ |
| 7991 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7992 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL); |
| 7993 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7994 | |
| 7995 | if (abs (position) >= height) |
| 7996 | part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle : scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 7997 | |
| 7998 | /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR, |
| 7999 | it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */ |
| 8000 | else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && abs (position) <= max (5, height / 20)) |
| 8001 | part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow : scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 8002 | else |
| 8003 | part = scroll_bar_move_ratio; |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 | window_being_scrolled = bar->window; |
| 8006 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 8007 | last_scroll_bar_part = part; |
| 8008 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, position, height); |
| 8009 | } |
| 8010 | |
| 8011 | |
| 8012 | #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */ |
| 8013 | |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 | /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget |
| 8016 | and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */ |
| 8017 | |
| 8018 | static void |
| 8019 | x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar) |
| 8020 | struct frame *f; |
| 8021 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8022 | { |
| 8023 | Window xwindow; |
| 8024 | Widget widget; |
| 8025 | Arg av[20]; |
| 8026 | int ac = 0; |
| 8027 | char *scroll_bar_name = "verticalScrollBar"; |
| 8028 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 8033 | /* LessTif 0.85, problems: |
| 8034 | |
| 8035 | 1. When the mouse if over the scroll bar, the scroll bar will |
| 8036 | get keyboard events. I didn't find a way to turn this off. |
| 8037 | |
| 8038 | 2. Do we have to explicitly set the cursor to get an arrow |
| 8039 | cursor (see below)? */ |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | /* Set resources. Create the widget. */ |
| 8042 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac; |
| 8043 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNminimum, XM_SB_MIN); ++ac; |
| 8044 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNmaximum, XM_SB_MAX); ++ac; |
| 8045 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNorientation, XmVERTICAL); ++ac; |
| 8046 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNprocessingDirection, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM), ++ac; |
| 8047 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNincrement, 1); ++ac; |
| 8048 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNpageIncrement, 1); ++ac; |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel; |
| 8051 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 8052 | { |
| 8053 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNforeground, pixel); |
| 8054 | ++ac; |
| 8055 | } |
| 8056 | |
| 8057 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 8058 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 8059 | { |
| 8060 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNbackground, pixel); |
| 8061 | ++ac; |
| 8062 | } |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 | widget = XmCreateScrollBar (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, |
| 8065 | scroll_bar_name, av, ac); |
| 8066 | |
| 8067 | /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */ |
| 8068 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 8069 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8070 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdragCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 8071 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8072 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNincrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 8073 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8074 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageDecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 8075 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8076 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageIncrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 8077 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8078 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoBottomCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 8079 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8080 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoTopCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 8081 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 | /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */ |
| 8084 | XtRealizeWidget (widget); |
| 8085 | |
| 8086 | /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that. |
| 8087 | And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */ |
| 8088 | XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget), XtWindow (widget), |
| 8089 | f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor); |
| 8090 | |
| 8091 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 8092 | |
| 8093 | /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the |
| 8094 | Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste. |
| 8095 | We don't alter it here to let users change it according |
| 8096 | to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */ |
| 8097 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac; |
| 8098 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNorientation, XtorientVertical); ++ac; |
| 8099 | /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */ |
| 8100 | /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */ |
| 8101 | /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True); ++ac; */ |
| 8102 | |
| 8103 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel; |
| 8104 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 8105 | { |
| 8106 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNforeground, pixel); |
| 8107 | ++ac; |
| 8108 | } |
| 8109 | |
| 8110 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 8111 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 8112 | { |
| 8113 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbackground, pixel); |
| 8114 | ++ac; |
| 8115 | } |
| 8116 | |
| 8117 | widget = XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name, scrollbarWidgetClass, |
| 8118 | f->output_data.x->edit_widget, av, ac); |
| 8119 | |
| 8120 | { |
| 8121 | char *initial = ""; |
| 8122 | char *val = initial; |
| 8123 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNscrollVCursor, (XtPointer) &val, |
| 8124 | XtNpickTop, (XtPointer) &xaw3d_pick_top, NULL); |
| 8125 | if (val == initial) |
| 8126 | { /* ARROW_SCROLL */ |
| 8127 | xaw3d_arrow_scroll = True; |
| 8128 | /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */ |
| 8129 | XtVaSetValues (widget, XtNcursorName, "top_left_arrow", NULL); |
| 8130 | } |
| 8131 | } |
| 8132 | |
| 8133 | /* Define callbacks. */ |
| 8134 | XtAddCallback (widget, XtNjumpProc, xaw_jump_callback, (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8135 | XtAddCallback (widget, XtNscrollProc, xaw_scroll_callback, |
| 8136 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 | /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */ |
| 8139 | XtRealizeWidget (widget); |
| 8140 | |
| 8141 | #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 | /* Install an action hook that let's us detect when the user |
| 8144 | finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */ |
| 8145 | if (action_hook_id == 0) |
| 8146 | action_hook_id = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con, xt_action_hook, 0); |
| 8147 | |
| 8148 | /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */ |
| 8149 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar, widget); |
| 8150 | xwindow = XtWindow (widget); |
| 8151 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, xwindow); |
| 8152 | |
| 8153 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8154 | } |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 | /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently |
| 8158 | displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ |
| 8159 | |
| 8160 | static void |
| 8161 | x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) |
| 8162 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8163 | int portion, position, whole; |
| 8164 | { |
| 8165 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8166 | Widget widget = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar); |
| 8167 | float top, shown; |
| 8168 | |
| 8169 | if (whole == 0) |
| 8170 | top = 0, shown = 1; |
| 8171 | else |
| 8172 | { |
| 8173 | top = (float) position / whole; |
| 8174 | shown = (float) portion / whole; |
| 8175 | } |
| 8176 | |
| 8177 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8178 | |
| 8179 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 8180 | { |
| 8181 | int size, value; |
| 8182 | Boolean arrow1_selected, arrow2_selected; |
| 8183 | unsigned char flags; |
| 8184 | XmScrollBarWidget sb; |
| 8185 | |
| 8186 | /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX |
| 8187 | is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum |
| 8188 | value. */ |
| 8189 | size = shown * XM_SB_RANGE; |
| 8190 | size = min (size, XM_SB_RANGE); |
| 8191 | size = max (size, 1); |
| 8192 | |
| 8193 | /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */ |
| 8194 | value = top * XM_SB_RANGE; |
| 8195 | value = min (value, XM_SB_MAX - size); |
| 8196 | value = max (value, XM_SB_MIN); |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 | /* LessTif: Calling XmScrollBarSetValues after an increment or |
| 8199 | decrement turns off auto-repeat LessTif-internally. This can |
| 8200 | be seen in ScrollBar.c which resets Arrow1Selected and |
| 8201 | Arrow2Selected. It also sets internal flags so that LessTif |
| 8202 | believes the mouse is in the slider. We either have to change |
| 8203 | our code, or work around that by accessing private data. */ |
| 8204 | |
| 8205 | sb = (XmScrollBarWidget) widget; |
| 8206 | arrow1_selected = sb->scrollBar.arrow1_selected; |
| 8207 | arrow2_selected = sb->scrollBar.arrow2_selected; |
| 8208 | flags = sb->scrollBar.flags; |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8211 | XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, size, 0, 0, False); |
| 8212 | else if (last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow) |
| 8213 | /* This has the negative side effect that the slider value is |
| 8214 | not what it would be if we scrolled here using line-wise or |
| 8215 | page-wise movement. */ |
| 8216 | XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, XM_SB_RANGE - value, 0, 0, False); |
| 8217 | else |
| 8218 | { |
| 8219 | /* If currently dragging, only update the slider size. |
| 8220 | This reduces flicker effects. */ |
| 8221 | int old_value, old_size, increment, page_increment; |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 | XmScrollBarGetValues (widget, &old_value, &old_size, |
| 8224 | &increment, &page_increment); |
| 8225 | XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, old_value, |
| 8226 | min (size, XM_SB_RANGE - old_value), |
| 8227 | 0, 0, False); |
| 8228 | } |
| 8229 | |
| 8230 | sb->scrollBar.arrow1_selected = arrow1_selected; |
| 8231 | sb->scrollBar.arrow2_selected = arrow2_selected; |
| 8232 | sb->scrollBar.flags = flags; |
| 8233 | } |
| 8234 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 8235 | { |
| 8236 | float old_top, old_shown; |
| 8237 | Dimension height; |
| 8238 | XtVaGetValues (widget, |
| 8239 | XtNtopOfThumb, &old_top, |
| 8240 | XtNshown, &old_shown, |
| 8241 | XtNheight, &height, |
| 8242 | NULL); |
| 8243 | |
| 8244 | /* Massage the top+shown values. */ |
| 8245 | if (NILP (bar->dragging) || last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow) |
| 8246 | top = max (0, min (1, top)); |
| 8247 | else |
| 8248 | top = old_top; |
| 8249 | /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */ |
| 8250 | shown = max (0, min (1 - top - (2.0 / height), shown)); |
| 8251 | |
| 8252 | /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work, |
| 8253 | check that your system's configuration file contains a define |
| 8254 | for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */ |
| 8255 | if (top != old_top || shown != old_shown) |
| 8256 | { |
| 8257 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8258 | XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown); |
| 8259 | else |
| 8260 | { |
| 8261 | #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D |
| 8262 | ScrollbarWidget sb = (ScrollbarWidget) widget; |
| 8263 | int scroll_mode = 0; |
| 8264 | |
| 8265 | /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */ |
| 8266 | if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll) |
| 8267 | { |
| 8268 | /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging |
| 8269 | so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */ |
| 8270 | scroll_mode = sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode; |
| 8271 | if (scroll_mode == 2) |
| 8272 | sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 0; |
| 8273 | } |
| 8274 | #endif |
| 8275 | /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */ |
| 8276 | if (!xaw3d_pick_top) |
| 8277 | shown = min (shown, old_shown); |
| 8278 | |
| 8279 | XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown); |
| 8280 | |
| 8281 | #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D |
| 8282 | if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && scroll_mode == 2) |
| 8283 | sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = scroll_mode; |
| 8284 | #endif |
| 8285 | } |
| 8286 | } |
| 8287 | } |
| 8288 | #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ |
| 8289 | |
| 8290 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8291 | } |
| 8292 | |
| 8293 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8294 | |
| 8295 | |
| 8296 | \f |
| 8297 | /************************************************************************ |
| 8298 | Scroll bars, general |
| 8299 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 8300 | |
| 8301 | /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is |
| 8302 | the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, |
| 8303 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the |
| 8304 | scroll bar. */ |
| 8305 | |
| 8306 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 8307 | x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height) |
| 8308 | struct window *w; |
| 8309 | int top, left, width, height; |
| 8310 | { |
| 8311 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 8312 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 8313 | = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); |
| 8314 | |
| 8315 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8316 | |
| 8317 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8318 | x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar); |
| 8319 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8320 | { |
| 8321 | XSetWindowAttributes a; |
| 8322 | unsigned long mask; |
| 8323 | Window window; |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 | a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 8326 | if (a.background_pixel == -1) |
| 8327 | a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel; |
| 8328 | |
| 8329 | a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
| 8330 | | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask |
| 8331 | | ExposureMask); |
| 8332 | a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
| 8333 | |
| 8334 | mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor); |
| 8335 | |
| 8336 | /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is |
| 8337 | for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In |
| 8338 | this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */ |
| 8339 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8340 | left, top, width, |
| 8341 | window_box_height (w), False); |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 | window = XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8344 | /* Position and size of scroll bar. */ |
| 8345 | left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 8346 | top, |
| 8347 | width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 8348 | height, |
| 8349 | /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */ |
| 8350 | 0, |
| 8351 | CopyFromParent, |
| 8352 | CopyFromParent, |
| 8353 | CopyFromParent, |
| 8354 | /* Attributes. */ |
| 8355 | mask, &a); |
| 8356 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, window); |
| 8357 | } |
| 8358 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8359 | |
| 8360 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); |
| 8361 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 8362 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 8363 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 8364 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 8365 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); |
| 8366 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); |
| 8367 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 8368 | |
| 8369 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ |
| 8370 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 8371 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 8372 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 8373 | if (!NILP (bar->next)) |
| 8374 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 8375 | |
| 8376 | /* Map the window/widget. */ |
| 8377 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8378 | { |
| 8379 | Widget scroll_bar = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar); |
| 8380 | XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar, |
| 8381 | left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 8382 | top, |
| 8383 | width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 8384 | height, 0); |
| 8385 | XtMapWidget (scroll_bar); |
| 8386 | } |
| 8387 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8388 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 8389 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8390 | |
| 8391 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8392 | return bar; |
| 8393 | } |
| 8394 | |
| 8395 | |
| 8396 | /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. |
| 8397 | |
| 8398 | If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother |
| 8399 | redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always |
| 8400 | redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose |
| 8401 | events.) |
| 8402 | |
| 8403 | Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to |
| 8404 | fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll |
| 8405 | bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that |
| 8406 | the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way |
| 8407 | to move to the very end of the buffer. */ |
| 8408 | |
| 8409 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8410 | |
| 8411 | static void |
| 8412 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) |
| 8413 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8414 | int start, end; |
| 8415 | int rebuild; |
| 8416 | { |
| 8417 | int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); |
| 8418 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 8419 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8420 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 8421 | |
| 8422 | /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ |
| 8423 | if (! rebuild |
| 8424 | && start == XINT (bar->start) |
| 8425 | && end == XINT (bar->end)) |
| 8426 | return; |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8429 | |
| 8430 | { |
| 8431 | int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f, XINT (bar->width)); |
| 8432 | int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8433 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8434 | |
| 8435 | /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve |
| 8436 | the distance between start and end. */ |
| 8437 | { |
| 8438 | int length = end - start; |
| 8439 | |
| 8440 | if (start < 0) |
| 8441 | start = 0; |
| 8442 | else if (start > top_range) |
| 8443 | start = top_range; |
| 8444 | end = start + length; |
| 8445 | |
| 8446 | if (end < start) |
| 8447 | end = start; |
| 8448 | else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) |
| 8449 | end = top_range; |
| 8450 | } |
| 8451 | |
| 8452 | /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ |
| 8453 | XSETINT (bar->start, start); |
| 8454 | XSETINT (bar->end, end); |
| 8455 | |
| 8456 | /* Clip the end position, just for display. */ |
| 8457 | if (end > top_range) |
| 8458 | end = top_range; |
| 8459 | |
| 8460 | /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels |
| 8461 | below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least |
| 8462 | that many pixels tall. */ |
| 8463 | end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 8464 | |
| 8465 | /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear |
| 8466 | zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ |
| 8467 | if (0 < start) |
| 8468 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 8469 | |
| 8470 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
| 8471 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 8472 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER, |
| 8473 | inside_width, start, |
| 8474 | False); |
| 8475 | |
| 8476 | /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */ |
| 8477 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) |
| 8478 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, |
| 8479 | f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel); |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 | /* Draw the handle itself. */ |
| 8482 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
| 8485 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 8486 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start, |
| 8487 | inside_width, end - start); |
| 8488 | |
| 8489 | /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */ |
| 8490 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) |
| 8491 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, |
| 8492 | f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); |
| 8493 | |
| 8494 | /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't |
| 8495 | clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ |
| 8496 | if (end < inside_height) |
| 8497 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 8498 | |
| 8499 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
| 8500 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 8501 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end, |
| 8502 | inside_width, inside_height - end, |
| 8503 | False); |
| 8504 | |
| 8505 | } |
| 8506 | |
| 8507 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8508 | } |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 | #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8511 | |
| 8512 | /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to |
| 8513 | nil. */ |
| 8514 | |
| 8515 | static void |
| 8516 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
| 8517 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8518 | { |
| 8519 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8520 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8523 | XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar)); |
| 8524 | #else |
| 8525 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 8526 | #endif |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
| 8529 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8532 | } |
| 8533 | |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate |
| 8536 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE |
| 8537 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
| 8538 | create one. */ |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 | static void |
| 8541 | XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position) |
| 8542 | struct window *w; |
| 8543 | int portion, whole, position; |
| 8544 | { |
| 8545 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 8546 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8547 | int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width; |
| 8548 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 8549 | |
| 8550 | /* Get window dimensions. */ |
| 8551 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 8552 | top = window_y; |
| 8553 | width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 8554 | height = window_height; |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */ |
| 8557 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 8558 | left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
| 8559 | else |
| 8560 | left = XFASTINT (w->left); |
| 8561 | left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 8562 | left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than |
| 8565 | the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */ |
| 8566 | if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
| 8567 | sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 8568 | else |
| 8569 | sb_width = width; |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */ |
| 8572 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8573 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 8574 | sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 8575 | else |
| 8576 | sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 8577 | #else |
| 8578 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 8579 | sb_left = left + width - sb_width; |
| 8580 | else |
| 8581 | sb_left = left; |
| 8582 | #endif |
| 8583 | |
| 8584 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
| 8585 | if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8586 | { |
| 8587 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8588 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8589 | left, top, width, height, False); |
| 8590 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8591 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height); |
| 8592 | } |
| 8593 | else |
| 8594 | { |
| 8595 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ |
| 8596 | unsigned int mask = 0; |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 8599 | |
| 8600 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8601 | |
| 8602 | if (sb_left != XINT (bar->left)) |
| 8603 | mask |= CWX; |
| 8604 | if (top != XINT (bar->top)) |
| 8605 | mask |= CWY; |
| 8606 | if (sb_width != XINT (bar->width)) |
| 8607 | mask |= CWWidth; |
| 8608 | if (height != XINT (bar->height)) |
| 8609 | mask |= CWHeight; |
| 8610 | |
| 8611 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8612 | |
| 8613 | /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved |
| 8614 | for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ |
| 8615 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8616 | left, top, width, height, False); |
| 8617 | |
| 8618 | /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */ |
| 8619 | if (mask) |
| 8620 | XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar), |
| 8621 | sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 8622 | top, |
| 8623 | sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 8624 | height, 0); |
| 8625 | |
| 8626 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM) |
| 8629 | { |
| 8630 | /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar. This makes sure a |
| 8631 | previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for |
| 8632 | example. Non-toolkit scroll bars are as wide as the area |
| 8633 | reserved for scroll bars - trim at both sides. */ |
| 8634 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8635 | left, top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 8636 | height, False); |
| 8637 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8638 | left + width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 8639 | top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 8640 | height, False); |
| 8641 | } |
| 8642 | |
| 8643 | /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */ |
| 8644 | if (mask) |
| 8645 | { |
| 8646 | XWindowChanges wc; |
| 8647 | |
| 8648 | wc.x = sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 8649 | wc.y = top; |
| 8650 | wc.width = sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2; |
| 8651 | wc.height = height; |
| 8652 | XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), |
| 8653 | mask, &wc); |
| 8654 | } |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8657 | |
| 8658 | /* Remember new settings. */ |
| 8659 | XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left); |
| 8660 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 8661 | XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width); |
| 8662 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8665 | } |
| 8666 | |
| 8667 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8668 | x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); |
| 8669 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8670 | /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being |
| 8671 | dragged. */ |
| 8672 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8673 | { |
| 8674 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height); |
| 8675 | |
| 8676 | if (whole == 0) |
| 8677 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); |
| 8678 | else |
| 8679 | { |
| 8680 | int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; |
| 8681 | int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; |
| 8682 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); |
| 8683 | } |
| 8684 | } |
| 8685 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8686 | |
| 8687 | XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 8688 | } |
| 8689 | |
| 8690 | |
| 8691 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
| 8692 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
| 8693 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
| 8694 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
| 8695 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay |
| 8696 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
| 8697 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
| 8698 | |
| 8699 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
| 8700 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
| 8701 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ |
| 8702 | |
| 8703 | static void |
| 8704 | XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 8705 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 8706 | { |
| 8707 | /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ |
| 8708 | while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 8709 | { |
| 8710 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 8711 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 8712 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 8713 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 8714 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; |
| 8715 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 8716 | XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; |
| 8717 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; |
| 8718 | } |
| 8719 | } |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 | /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. |
| 8723 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
| 8724 | |
| 8725 | static void |
| 8726 | XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) |
| 8727 | struct window *window; |
| 8728 | { |
| 8729 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8730 | struct frame *f; |
| 8731 | |
| 8732 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
| 8733 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8734 | abort (); |
| 8735 | |
| 8736 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ |
| 8739 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 8740 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) |
| 8741 | { |
| 8742 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of |
| 8743 | the lists. */ |
| 8744 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8745 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
| 8746 | return; |
| 8747 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
| 8748 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8749 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; |
| 8750 | else |
| 8751 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of |
| 8752 | one or the other! */ |
| 8753 | abort (); |
| 8754 | } |
| 8755 | else |
| 8756 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
| 8757 | |
| 8758 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 8759 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 8762 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 8763 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 8764 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 8765 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 8766 | } |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
| 8769 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ |
| 8770 | |
| 8771 | static void |
| 8772 | XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) |
| 8773 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 8774 | { |
| 8775 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 8778 | |
| 8779 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any |
| 8780 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
| 8781 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; |
| 8782 | |
| 8783 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) |
| 8784 | { |
| 8785 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 8788 | |
| 8789 | next = b->next; |
| 8790 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; |
| 8791 | } |
| 8792 | |
| 8793 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
| 8794 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
| 8795 | } |
| 8796 | |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 | /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This |
| 8799 | is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars. |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 8802 | mark bits. */ |
| 8803 | |
| 8804 | static void |
| 8805 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event) |
| 8806 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8807 | XEvent *event; |
| 8808 | { |
| 8809 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8810 | |
| 8811 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 8812 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8813 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 8814 | int width_trim = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 8815 | |
| 8816 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8817 | |
| 8818 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1); |
| 8819 | |
| 8820 | /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */ |
| 8821 | XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, |
| 8822 | |
| 8823 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
| 8824 | 0, 0, |
| 8825 | XINT (bar->width) - 1 - width_trim - width_trim, |
| 8826 | XINT (bar->height) - 1); |
| 8827 | |
| 8828 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8831 | } |
| 8832 | |
| 8833 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
| 8834 | is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued. |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 8837 | mark bits. */ |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 8840 | |
| 8841 | static void |
| 8842 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event) |
| 8843 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8844 | XEvent *event; |
| 8845 | struct input_event *emacs_event; |
| 8846 | { |
| 8847 | if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) |
| 8848 | abort (); |
| 8849 | |
| 8850 | emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click; |
| 8851 | emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1; |
| 8852 | emacs_event->modifiers |
| 8853 | = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO |
| 8854 | (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))), |
| 8855 | event->xbutton.state) |
| 8856 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 8857 | ? up_modifier |
| 8858 | : down_modifier)); |
| 8859 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
| 8860 | emacs_event->arg = Qnil; |
| 8861 | emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time; |
| 8862 | { |
| 8863 | #if 0 |
| 8864 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8865 | int internal_height |
| 8866 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8867 | #endif |
| 8868 | int top_range |
| 8869 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8870 | int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; |
| 8871 | |
| 8872 | if (y < 0) y = 0; |
| 8873 | if (y > top_range) y = top_range; |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 | if (y < XINT (bar->start)) |
| 8876 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 8877 | else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) |
| 8878 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 8879 | else |
| 8880 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 8881 | |
| 8882 | /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean |
| 8883 | they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide |
| 8884 | whether or not we're dragging. */ |
| 8885 | #if 0 |
| 8886 | /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're |
| 8887 | holding it. */ |
| 8888 | if (event->type == ButtonPress |
| 8889 | && emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
| 8890 | XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 8891 | #endif |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 | /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */ |
| 8894 | if (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 8895 | && ! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8896 | { |
| 8897 | int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 8898 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 8899 | |
| 8900 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
| 8901 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 8902 | } |
| 8903 | |
| 8904 | /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */ |
| 8905 | #if 0 |
| 8906 | /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of |
| 8907 | the handle. */ |
| 8908 | if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
| 8909 | emacs_event->x = bar->start; |
| 8910 | else |
| 8911 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 8912 | #else |
| 8913 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 8914 | #endif |
| 8915 | |
| 8916 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
| 8917 | } |
| 8918 | } |
| 8919 | |
| 8920 | /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar. |
| 8921 | |
| 8922 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 8923 | mark bits. */ |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 | static void |
| 8926 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event) |
| 8927 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8928 | XEvent *event; |
| 8929 | { |
| 8930 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame); |
| 8931 | |
| 8932 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time; |
| 8933 | |
| 8934 | f->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 8935 | XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 8936 | |
| 8937 | /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */ |
| 8938 | if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8939 | { |
| 8940 | /* Where should the handle be now? */ |
| 8941 | int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 8942 | |
| 8943 | if (new_start != XINT (bar->start)) |
| 8944 | { |
| 8945 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 8946 | |
| 8947 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
| 8948 | } |
| 8949 | } |
| 8950 | } |
| 8951 | |
| 8952 | #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 8953 | |
| 8954 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
| 8955 | on the scroll bar. */ |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 | static void |
| 8958 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 8959 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 8960 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 8961 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 8962 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 8963 | unsigned long *time; |
| 8964 | { |
| 8965 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 8966 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 8967 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8968 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 8969 | Window dummy_window; |
| 8970 | int dummy_coord; |
| 8971 | unsigned int dummy_mask; |
| 8972 | |
| 8973 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8974 | |
| 8975 | /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and |
| 8976 | report that. */ |
| 8977 | if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 8978 | |
| 8979 | /* Root, child, root x and root y. */ |
| 8980 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
| 8981 | &dummy_coord, &dummy_coord, |
| 8982 | |
| 8983 | /* Position relative to scroll bar. */ |
| 8984 | &win_x, &win_y, |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 | /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */ |
| 8987 | &dummy_mask)) |
| 8988 | ; |
| 8989 | else |
| 8990 | { |
| 8991 | #if 0 |
| 8992 | int inside_height |
| 8993 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8994 | #endif |
| 8995 | int top_range |
| 8996 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 | win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; |
| 8999 | |
| 9000 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 9001 | win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 | if (win_y < 0) |
| 9004 | win_y = 0; |
| 9005 | if (win_y > top_range) |
| 9006 | win_y = top_range; |
| 9007 | |
| 9008 | *fp = f; |
| 9009 | *bar_window = bar->window; |
| 9010 | |
| 9011 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 9012 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 9013 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start)) |
| 9014 | *part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 9015 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) |
| 9016 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 9017 | else |
| 9018 | *part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 9019 | |
| 9020 | XSETINT (*x, win_y); |
| 9021 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); |
| 9022 | |
| 9023 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 9024 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 9025 | } |
| 9026 | |
| 9027 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 9028 | |
| 9029 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9030 | } |
| 9031 | |
| 9032 | |
| 9033 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
| 9034 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
| 9035 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can |
| 9036 | redraw them. */ |
| 9037 | |
| 9038 | void |
| 9039 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
| 9040 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 9041 | { |
| 9042 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 9043 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 9044 | |
| 9045 | /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, |
| 9046 | if we just turned off scroll bar mode. |
| 9047 | But in that case we should not clear them. */ |
| 9048 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 9049 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
| 9050 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 9051 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)), |
| 9052 | 0, 0, 0, 0, True); |
| 9053 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 9054 | } |
| 9055 | |
| 9056 | /* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event |
| 9057 | loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary |
| 9058 | when handling menu-bar or pop-up items. */ |
| 9059 | |
| 9060 | int |
| 9061 | process_expose_from_menu (event) |
| 9062 | XEvent event; |
| 9063 | { |
| 9064 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 9065 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 9066 | int frame_exposed_p = 0; |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9069 | |
| 9070 | dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (event.xexpose.display); |
| 9071 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window); |
| 9072 | if (f) |
| 9073 | { |
| 9074 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
| 9075 | { |
| 9076 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 9077 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 9078 | f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; |
| 9079 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 9080 | } |
| 9081 | else |
| 9082 | { |
| 9083 | expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window), |
| 9084 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, |
| 9085 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); |
| 9086 | frame_exposed_p = 1; |
| 9087 | } |
| 9088 | } |
| 9089 | else |
| 9090 | { |
| 9091 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 9092 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); |
| 9093 | |
| 9094 | if (bar) |
| 9095 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); |
| 9096 | } |
| 9097 | |
| 9098 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9099 | return frame_exposed_p; |
| 9100 | } |
| 9101 | \f |
| 9102 | /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */ |
| 9103 | |
| 9104 | struct selection_event_queue |
| 9105 | { |
| 9106 | XEvent event; |
| 9107 | struct selection_event_queue *next; |
| 9108 | }; |
| 9109 | |
| 9110 | static struct selection_event_queue *queue; |
| 9111 | |
| 9112 | /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */ |
| 9113 | |
| 9114 | static int x_queue_selection_requests; |
| 9115 | |
| 9116 | /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */ |
| 9117 | |
| 9118 | static void |
| 9119 | x_queue_event (f, event) |
| 9120 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 9121 | XEvent *event; |
| 9122 | { |
| 9123 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp |
| 9124 | = (struct selection_event_queue *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue)); |
| 9125 | |
| 9126 | if (queue_tmp != NULL) |
| 9127 | { |
| 9128 | queue_tmp->event = *event; |
| 9129 | queue_tmp->next = queue; |
| 9130 | queue = queue_tmp; |
| 9131 | } |
| 9132 | } |
| 9133 | |
| 9134 | /* Take all the queued events and put them back |
| 9135 | so that they get processed afresh. */ |
| 9136 | |
| 9137 | static void |
| 9138 | x_unqueue_events (display) |
| 9139 | Display *display; |
| 9140 | { |
| 9141 | while (queue != NULL) |
| 9142 | { |
| 9143 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue; |
| 9144 | XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event); |
| 9145 | queue = queue_tmp->next; |
| 9146 | xfree ((char *)queue_tmp); |
| 9147 | } |
| 9148 | } |
| 9149 | |
| 9150 | /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */ |
| 9151 | |
| 9152 | void |
| 9153 | x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display) |
| 9154 | Display *display; |
| 9155 | { |
| 9156 | x_queue_selection_requests++; |
| 9157 | } |
| 9158 | |
| 9159 | /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */ |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 | void |
| 9162 | x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display) |
| 9163 | Display *display; |
| 9164 | { |
| 9165 | x_queue_selection_requests--; |
| 9166 | x_unqueue_events (display); |
| 9167 | } |
| 9168 | \f |
| 9169 | /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */ |
| 9170 | |
| 9171 | /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket, |
| 9172 | but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions |
| 9173 | sometimes don't work. */ |
| 9174 | |
| 9175 | static Time enter_timestamp; |
| 9176 | |
| 9177 | /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys |
| 9178 | and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_ |
| 9179 | says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures |
| 9180 | me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. |
| 9181 | |
| 9182 | This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons |
| 9183 | given for enter_time stamp, above. */ |
| 9184 | |
| 9185 | static XComposeStatus compose_status; |
| 9186 | |
| 9187 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
| 9188 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ |
| 9189 | |
| 9190 | static int temp_index; |
| 9191 | static short temp_buffer[100]; |
| 9192 | |
| 9193 | /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error" |
| 9194 | on a particular display. */ |
| 9195 | |
| 9196 | struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error; |
| 9197 | |
| 9198 | /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command |
| 9199 | to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it. |
| 9200 | We try all the open displays, one by one. |
| 9201 | This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */ |
| 9202 | |
| 9203 | static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo; |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 | #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \ |
| 9206 | do \ |
| 9207 | { \ |
| 9208 | if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \ |
| 9209 | f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \ |
| 9210 | = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \ |
| 9211 | bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \ |
| 9212 | if (numchars >= 1) \ |
| 9213 | { \ |
| 9214 | bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \ |
| 9215 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \ |
| 9216 | bufp->arg = Qnil; \ |
| 9217 | bufp++; \ |
| 9218 | count++; \ |
| 9219 | numchars--; \ |
| 9220 | } \ |
| 9221 | } \ |
| 9222 | while (0) |
| 9223 | |
| 9224 | #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent)) |
| 9225 | #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent)) |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 | /* Read events coming from the X server. |
| 9228 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. |
| 9229 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. |
| 9230 | |
| 9231 | Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, |
| 9232 | which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. |
| 9233 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, |
| 9234 | thus pretending to be `read'. |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */ |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | int |
| 9239 | XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected) |
| 9240 | register int sd; |
| 9241 | /* register */ struct input_event *bufp; |
| 9242 | /* register */ int numchars; |
| 9243 | int expected; |
| 9244 | { |
| 9245 | int count = 0; |
| 9246 | int nbytes = 0; |
| 9247 | XEvent event; |
| 9248 | struct frame *f; |
| 9249 | int event_found = 0; |
| 9250 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 9251 | struct coding_system coding; |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
| 9254 | { |
| 9255 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
| 9256 | return -1; |
| 9257 | } |
| 9258 | |
| 9259 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
| 9260 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9261 | |
| 9262 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ |
| 9263 | input_signal_count++; |
| 9264 | |
| 9265 | if (numchars <= 0) |
| 9266 | abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 | ++handling_signal; |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | /* The input should be decoded if it is from XIM. Currently the |
| 9271 | locale of XIM is the same as that of the system. So, we can use |
| 9272 | Vlocale_coding_system which is initialized properly at Emacs |
| 9273 | startup time. */ |
| 9274 | setup_coding_system (Vlocale_coding_system, &coding); |
| 9275 | coding.src_multibyte = 0; |
| 9276 | coding.dst_multibyte = 1; |
| 9277 | /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't handle |
| 9278 | composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that gives us composition |
| 9279 | information. */ |
| 9280 | coding.composing = COMPOSITION_DISABLED; |
| 9281 | |
| 9282 | /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for. |
| 9283 | It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */ |
| 9284 | for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
| 9285 | { |
| 9286 | #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */ |
| 9287 | #ifdef FIOSNBIO |
| 9288 | /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket |
| 9289 | non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set, |
| 9290 | FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK, |
| 9291 | a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */ |
| 9292 | fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0); |
| 9293 | #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */ |
| 9294 | #endif |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 | #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays, |
| 9297 | and appears not to be used on any system any more. |
| 9298 | Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off |
| 9299 | for X connections. */ |
| 9300 | #ifndef SIGIO |
| 9301 | #ifndef HAVE_SELECT |
| 9302 | if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY)) |
| 9303 | { |
| 9304 | extern int read_alarm_should_throw; |
| 9305 | read_alarm_should_throw = 1; |
| 9306 | XPeekEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); |
| 9307 | read_alarm_should_throw = 0; |
| 9308 | } |
| 9309 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ |
| 9310 | #endif /* SIGIO */ |
| 9311 | #endif |
| 9312 | |
| 9313 | /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */ |
| 9314 | if (dpyinfo == XTread_socket_fake_io_error) |
| 9315 | { |
| 9316 | XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0; |
| 9317 | x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display); |
| 9318 | } |
| 9319 | |
| 9320 | while (XPending (dpyinfo->display)) |
| 9321 | { |
| 9322 | XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); |
| 9323 | |
| 9324 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 9325 | { |
| 9326 | /* Filter events for the current X input method. |
| 9327 | XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has |
| 9328 | consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to |
| 9329 | XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC |
| 9330 | was created. */ |
| 9331 | struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 9332 | event.xclient.window); |
| 9333 | if (XFilterEvent (&event, f1 ? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1) : None)) |
| 9334 | break; |
| 9335 | } |
| 9336 | #endif |
| 9337 | event_found = 1; |
| 9338 | |
| 9339 | switch (event.type) |
| 9340 | { |
| 9341 | case ClientMessage: |
| 9342 | { |
| 9343 | if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 9344 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols |
| 9345 | && event.xclient.format == 32) |
| 9346 | { |
| 9347 | if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 9348 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus) |
| 9349 | { |
| 9350 | /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this |
| 9351 | could be the shell widget window |
| 9352 | if the frame has no title bar. */ |
| 9353 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 9354 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 9355 | /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */ |
| 9356 | if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 9357 | XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 9358 | #endif |
| 9359 | #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This |
| 9360 | instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for |
| 9361 | Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS |
| 9362 | tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after |
| 9363 | it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not |
| 9364 | needed. |
| 9365 | |
| 9366 | The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In |
| 9367 | cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one |
| 9368 | below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call |
| 9369 | below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse |
| 9370 | Emacs. */ |
| 9371 | |
| 9372 | /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call |
| 9373 | XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null, |
| 9374 | since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */ |
| 9375 | if (f) |
| 9376 | { |
| 9377 | Display *d = event.xclient.display; |
| 9378 | /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been |
| 9379 | iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */ |
| 9380 | int count = x_catch_errors (d); |
| 9381 | XSetInputFocus (d, event.xclient.window, |
| 9382 | /* The ICCCM says this is |
| 9383 | the only valid choice. */ |
| 9384 | RevertToParent, |
| 9385 | event.xclient.data.l[1]); |
| 9386 | /* This is needed to detect the error |
| 9387 | if there is an error. */ |
| 9388 | XSync (d, False); |
| 9389 | x_uncatch_errors (d, count); |
| 9390 | } |
| 9391 | /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */ |
| 9392 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 9393 | } |
| 9394 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 9395 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself) |
| 9396 | { |
| 9397 | /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to |
| 9398 | something which can reinstate us. This notifies |
| 9399 | the session manager, who's looking for such a |
| 9400 | PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when |
| 9401 | a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */ |
| 9402 | if (numchars > 0) |
| 9403 | { |
| 9404 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 9405 | event.xclient.window); |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 | /* This is just so we only give real data once |
| 9408 | for a single Emacs process. */ |
| 9409 | if (f == SELECTED_FRAME ()) |
| 9410 | XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 9411 | event.xclient.window, |
| 9412 | initial_argv, initial_argc); |
| 9413 | else if (f) |
| 9414 | XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 9415 | event.xclient.window, |
| 9416 | 0, 0); |
| 9417 | } |
| 9418 | } |
| 9419 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 9420 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window) |
| 9421 | { |
| 9422 | struct frame *f |
| 9423 | = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 9424 | event.xclient.window); |
| 9425 | |
| 9426 | if (f) |
| 9427 | { |
| 9428 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 9429 | abort (); |
| 9430 | |
| 9431 | bufp->kind = delete_window_event; |
| 9432 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 9433 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 9434 | bufp++; |
| 9435 | |
| 9436 | count += 1; |
| 9437 | numchars -= 1; |
| 9438 | } |
| 9439 | } |
| 9440 | } |
| 9441 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 9442 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied) |
| 9443 | { |
| 9444 | } |
| 9445 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 9446 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved) |
| 9447 | { |
| 9448 | int new_x, new_y; |
| 9449 | struct frame *f |
| 9450 | = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 9451 | |
| 9452 | new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0]; |
| 9453 | new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1]; |
| 9454 | |
| 9455 | if (f) |
| 9456 | { |
| 9457 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = new_x; |
| 9458 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = new_y; |
| 9459 | } |
| 9460 | } |
| 9461 | #ifdef HACK_EDITRES |
| 9462 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 9463 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_editres) |
| 9464 | { |
| 9465 | struct frame *f |
| 9466 | = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 9467 | _XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL, |
| 9468 | &event, NULL); |
| 9469 | } |
| 9470 | #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */ |
| 9471 | else if ((event.xclient.message_type |
| 9472 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE) |
| 9473 | || (event.xclient.message_type |
| 9474 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE)) |
| 9475 | { |
| 9476 | /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could |
| 9477 | reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we |
| 9478 | currently never do because we are interested in |
| 9479 | images, only, which should have 1 page. */ |
| 9480 | Pixmap pixmap = (Pixmap) event.xclient.data.l[1]; |
| 9481 | struct frame *f |
| 9482 | = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 9483 | x_kill_gs_process (pixmap, f); |
| 9484 | expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 9485 | } |
| 9486 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 9487 | /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which |
| 9488 | we construct an input_event. */ |
| 9489 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 9490 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar) |
| 9491 | { |
| 9492 | x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event, bufp); |
| 9493 | ++bufp, ++count, --numchars; |
| 9494 | goto out; |
| 9495 | } |
| 9496 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 9497 | else |
| 9498 | goto OTHER; |
| 9499 | } |
| 9500 | break; |
| 9501 | |
| 9502 | case SelectionNotify: |
| 9503 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9504 | if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselection.requestor)) |
| 9505 | goto OTHER; |
| 9506 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9507 | x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection); |
| 9508 | break; |
| 9509 | |
| 9510 | case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */ |
| 9511 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9512 | if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window)) |
| 9513 | goto OTHER; |
| 9514 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9515 | { |
| 9516 | XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event; |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 9519 | abort (); |
| 9520 | |
| 9521 | bufp->kind = selection_clear_event; |
| 9522 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; |
| 9523 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; |
| 9524 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; |
| 9525 | bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; |
| 9526 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 9527 | bufp++; |
| 9528 | |
| 9529 | count += 1; |
| 9530 | numchars -= 1; |
| 9531 | } |
| 9532 | break; |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 | case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */ |
| 9535 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9536 | if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner)) |
| 9537 | goto OTHER; |
| 9538 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9539 | if (x_queue_selection_requests) |
| 9540 | x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner), |
| 9541 | &event); |
| 9542 | else |
| 9543 | { |
| 9544 | XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event; |
| 9545 | |
| 9546 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 9547 | abort (); |
| 9548 | |
| 9549 | bufp->kind = selection_request_event; |
| 9550 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; |
| 9551 | SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp) = eventp->requestor; |
| 9552 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; |
| 9553 | SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp) = eventp->target; |
| 9554 | SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp) = eventp->property; |
| 9555 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; |
| 9556 | bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; |
| 9557 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 9558 | bufp++; |
| 9559 | |
| 9560 | count += 1; |
| 9561 | numchars -= 1; |
| 9562 | } |
| 9563 | break; |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 | case PropertyNotify: |
| 9566 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9567 | if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xproperty.window)) |
| 9568 | goto OTHER; |
| 9569 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9570 | x_handle_property_notify (&event.xproperty); |
| 9571 | break; |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 | case ReparentNotify: |
| 9574 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xreparent.window); |
| 9575 | if (f) |
| 9576 | { |
| 9577 | int x, y; |
| 9578 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent; |
| 9579 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 9580 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = x; |
| 9581 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = y; |
| 9582 | } |
| 9583 | break; |
| 9584 | |
| 9585 | case Expose: |
| 9586 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window); |
| 9587 | if (f) |
| 9588 | { |
| 9589 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
| 9590 | { |
| 9591 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 9592 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 9593 | f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; |
| 9594 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 9595 | } |
| 9596 | else |
| 9597 | expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 9598 | event.xexpose.window), |
| 9599 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, |
| 9600 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); |
| 9601 | } |
| 9602 | else |
| 9603 | { |
| 9604 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 9605 | /* Dispatch event to the widget. */ |
| 9606 | goto OTHER; |
| 9607 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 9608 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 9609 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); |
| 9610 | |
| 9611 | if (bar) |
| 9612 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); |
| 9613 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9614 | else |
| 9615 | goto OTHER; |
| 9616 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9617 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 9618 | } |
| 9619 | break; |
| 9620 | |
| 9621 | case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's |
| 9622 | source area was obscured or not |
| 9623 | available.*/ |
| 9624 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable); |
| 9625 | if (f) |
| 9626 | { |
| 9627 | expose_frame (f, |
| 9628 | event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y, |
| 9629 | event.xgraphicsexpose.width, |
| 9630 | event.xgraphicsexpose.height); |
| 9631 | } |
| 9632 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9633 | else |
| 9634 | goto OTHER; |
| 9635 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9636 | break; |
| 9637 | |
| 9638 | case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's |
| 9639 | source area was completely |
| 9640 | available */ |
| 9641 | break; |
| 9642 | |
| 9643 | case UnmapNotify: |
| 9644 | /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */ |
| 9645 | if (event.xmap.window == tip_window) |
| 9646 | { |
| 9647 | tip_window = 0; |
| 9648 | redo_mouse_highlight (); |
| 9649 | } |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window); |
| 9652 | if (f) /* F may no longer exist if |
| 9653 | the frame was deleted. */ |
| 9654 | { |
| 9655 | /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is |
| 9656 | disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a |
| 9657 | display that won't ever be seen. */ |
| 9658 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 9659 | /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window |
| 9660 | has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it |
| 9661 | was previously visible, than now it is iconified. |
| 9662 | But x_make_frame_invisible clears both |
| 9663 | the visible flag and the iconified flag; |
| 9664 | and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */ |
| 9665 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
| 9666 | { |
| 9667 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 9668 | |
| 9669 | bufp->kind = iconify_event; |
| 9670 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 9671 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 9672 | bufp++; |
| 9673 | count++; |
| 9674 | numchars--; |
| 9675 | } |
| 9676 | } |
| 9677 | goto OTHER; |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 | case MapNotify: |
| 9680 | if (event.xmap.window == tip_window) |
| 9681 | /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid |
| 9682 | the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */ |
| 9683 | goto OTHER; |
| 9684 | |
| 9685 | /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can |
| 9686 | come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the |
| 9687 | frame is visible. */ |
| 9688 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window); |
| 9689 | if (f) |
| 9690 | { |
| 9691 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 9692 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 9693 | f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; |
| 9694 | |
| 9695 | /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update |
| 9696 | the frame's display structures. */ |
| 9697 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 9698 | |
| 9699 | if (f->iconified) |
| 9700 | { |
| 9701 | bufp->kind = deiconify_event; |
| 9702 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 9703 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 9704 | bufp++; |
| 9705 | count++; |
| 9706 | numchars--; |
| 9707 | } |
| 9708 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 9709 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 9710 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later |
| 9711 | to update the frame titles |
| 9712 | in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 9713 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 9714 | } |
| 9715 | goto OTHER; |
| 9716 | |
| 9717 | case KeyPress: |
| 9718 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window); |
| 9719 | |
| 9720 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 9721 | /* I couldn't find a way to prevent LessTif scroll bars |
| 9722 | from consuming key events. */ |
| 9723 | if (f == 0) |
| 9724 | { |
| 9725 | Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo->display, |
| 9726 | event.xkey.window); |
| 9727 | if (widget && XmIsScrollBar (widget)) |
| 9728 | { |
| 9729 | widget = XtParent (widget); |
| 9730 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, XtWindow (widget)); |
| 9731 | } |
| 9732 | } |
| 9733 | #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ |
| 9734 | |
| 9735 | if (f != 0) |
| 9736 | { |
| 9737 | KeySym keysym, orig_keysym; |
| 9738 | /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 |
| 9739 | instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made |
| 9740 | his Emacs hang. |
| 9741 | |
| 9742 | It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has |
| 9743 | a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in |
| 9744 | status_return even if the input is too long to |
| 9745 | fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient |
| 9746 | bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for |
| 9747 | two-byte character set) seems to be a faily good |
| 9748 | approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */ |
| 9749 | unsigned char copy_buffer[513]; |
| 9750 | unsigned char *copy_bufptr = copy_buffer; |
| 9751 | int copy_bufsiz = sizeof (copy_buffer); |
| 9752 | int modifiers; |
| 9753 | |
| 9754 | event.xkey.state |
| 9755 | |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 9756 | extra_keyboard_modifiers); |
| 9757 | modifiers = event.xkey.state; |
| 9758 | |
| 9759 | /* This will have to go some day... */ |
| 9760 | |
| 9761 | /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars. |
| 9762 | Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */ |
| 9763 | event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask; |
| 9764 | event.xkey.state &= ~(dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |
| 9765 | | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |
| 9766 | | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |
| 9767 | | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask); |
| 9768 | |
| 9769 | /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter, |
| 9770 | clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger |
| 9771 | Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de |
| 9772 | this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or |
| 9773 | not it is combined with Meta. */ |
| 9774 | if (modifiers & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 9775 | bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); |
| 9776 | |
| 9777 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 9778 | if (FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 9779 | { |
| 9780 | Status status_return; |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 | nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), |
| 9783 | &event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 9784 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 9785 | &status_return); |
| 9786 | if (status_return == XBufferOverflow) |
| 9787 | { |
| 9788 | copy_bufsiz = nbytes + 1; |
| 9789 | copy_bufptr = (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz); |
| 9790 | nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), |
| 9791 | &event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 9792 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 9793 | &status_return); |
| 9794 | } |
| 9795 | |
| 9796 | if (status_return == XLookupNone) |
| 9797 | break; |
| 9798 | else if (status_return == XLookupChars) |
| 9799 | { |
| 9800 | keysym = NoSymbol; |
| 9801 | modifiers = 0; |
| 9802 | } |
| 9803 | else if (status_return != XLookupKeySym |
| 9804 | && status_return != XLookupBoth) |
| 9805 | abort (); |
| 9806 | } |
| 9807 | else |
| 9808 | nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 9809 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 9810 | &compose_status); |
| 9811 | #else |
| 9812 | nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 9813 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 9814 | &compose_status); |
| 9815 | #endif |
| 9816 | |
| 9817 | orig_keysym = keysym; |
| 9818 | |
| 9819 | if (numchars > 1) |
| 9820 | { |
| 9821 | if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape) |
| 9822 | || keysym == XK_Delete |
| 9823 | #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab |
| 9824 | || (keysym >= XK_ISO_Left_Tab && keysym <= XK_ISO_Enter) |
| 9825 | #endif |
| 9826 | || (keysym >= XK_Kanji && keysym <= XK_Eisu_toggle) |
| 9827 | || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */ |
| 9828 | || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */ |
| 9829 | #ifdef HPUX |
| 9830 | /* This recognizes the "extended function keys". |
| 9831 | It seems there's no cleaner way. |
| 9832 | Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch |
| 9833 | incorrectly. */ |
| 9834 | || ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select |
| 9835 | && (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space) |
| 9836 | #endif |
| 9837 | #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex |
| 9838 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex |
| 9839 | #endif |
| 9840 | #ifdef XK_dead_grave |
| 9841 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave |
| 9842 | #endif |
| 9843 | #ifdef XK_dead_tilde |
| 9844 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde |
| 9845 | #endif |
| 9846 | #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis |
| 9847 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis |
| 9848 | #endif |
| 9849 | #ifdef XK_dead_macron |
| 9850 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron |
| 9851 | #endif |
| 9852 | #ifdef XK_dead_degree |
| 9853 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree |
| 9854 | #endif |
| 9855 | #ifdef XK_dead_acute |
| 9856 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute |
| 9857 | #endif |
| 9858 | #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla |
| 9859 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla |
| 9860 | #endif |
| 9861 | #ifdef XK_dead_breve |
| 9862 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve |
| 9863 | #endif |
| 9864 | #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek |
| 9865 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek |
| 9866 | #endif |
| 9867 | #ifdef XK_dead_caron |
| 9868 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron |
| 9869 | #endif |
| 9870 | #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute |
| 9871 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute |
| 9872 | #endif |
| 9873 | #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot |
| 9874 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot |
| 9875 | #endif |
| 9876 | || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */ |
| 9877 | || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */ |
| 9878 | /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */ |
| 9879 | || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28))) |
| 9880 | && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym) |
| 9881 | #ifndef HAVE_X11R5 |
| 9882 | #ifdef XK_Mode_switch |
| 9883 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) |
| 9884 | #endif |
| 9885 | #ifdef XK_Num_Lock |
| 9886 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock) |
| 9887 | #endif |
| 9888 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */ |
| 9889 | )) |
| 9890 | { |
| 9891 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 9892 | temp_index = 0; |
| 9893 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = keysym; |
| 9894 | bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke; |
| 9895 | bufp->code = keysym; |
| 9896 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 9897 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 9898 | bufp->modifiers |
| 9899 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 9900 | modifiers); |
| 9901 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 9902 | bufp++; |
| 9903 | count++; |
| 9904 | numchars--; |
| 9905 | } |
| 9906 | else if (numchars > nbytes) |
| 9907 | { |
| 9908 | register int i; |
| 9909 | register int c; |
| 9910 | unsigned char *p, *pend; |
| 9911 | int nchars, len; |
| 9912 | |
| 9913 | for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++) |
| 9914 | { |
| 9915 | if (temp_index == (sizeof temp_buffer |
| 9916 | / sizeof (short))) |
| 9917 | temp_index = 0; |
| 9918 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = copy_bufptr[i]; |
| 9919 | } |
| 9920 | |
| 9921 | if (/* If the event is not from XIM, */ |
| 9922 | event.xkey.keycode != 0 |
| 9923 | /* or the current locale doesn't request |
| 9924 | decoding of the intup data, ... */ |
| 9925 | || coding.type == coding_type_raw_text |
| 9926 | || coding.type == coding_type_no_conversion) |
| 9927 | { |
| 9928 | /* ... we can use the input data as is. */ |
| 9929 | nchars = nbytes; |
| 9930 | } |
| 9931 | else |
| 9932 | { |
| 9933 | /* We have to decode the input data. */ |
| 9934 | int require; |
| 9935 | unsigned char *p; |
| 9936 | |
| 9937 | require = decoding_buffer_size (&coding, nbytes); |
| 9938 | p = (unsigned char *) alloca (require); |
| 9939 | coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
| 9940 | decode_coding (&coding, copy_bufptr, p, |
| 9941 | nbytes, require); |
| 9942 | nbytes = coding.produced; |
| 9943 | nchars = coding.produced_char; |
| 9944 | copy_bufptr = p; |
| 9945 | } |
| 9946 | |
| 9947 | /* Convert the input data to a sequence of |
| 9948 | character events. */ |
| 9949 | for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += len) |
| 9950 | { |
| 9951 | c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr + i, |
| 9952 | nbytes - i, len); |
| 9953 | bufp->kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c) |
| 9954 | ? ascii_keystroke |
| 9955 | : multibyte_char_keystroke); |
| 9956 | bufp->code = c; |
| 9957 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 9958 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 9959 | bufp->modifiers |
| 9960 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 9961 | modifiers); |
| 9962 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 9963 | bufp++; |
| 9964 | } |
| 9965 | |
| 9966 | count += nchars; |
| 9967 | numchars -= nchars; |
| 9968 | |
| 9969 | if (keysym == NoSymbol) |
| 9970 | break; |
| 9971 | } |
| 9972 | else |
| 9973 | abort (); |
| 9974 | } |
| 9975 | else |
| 9976 | abort (); |
| 9977 | } |
| 9978 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 9979 | /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls |
| 9980 | XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the |
| 9981 | client. */ |
| 9982 | break; |
| 9983 | #else |
| 9984 | goto OTHER; |
| 9985 | #endif |
| 9986 | |
| 9987 | case KeyRelease: |
| 9988 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 9989 | /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls |
| 9990 | XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the |
| 9991 | client. */ |
| 9992 | break; |
| 9993 | #else |
| 9994 | goto OTHER; |
| 9995 | #endif |
| 9996 | |
| 9997 | /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole |
| 9998 | FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If |
| 9999 | you get a FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut |
| 10000 | event before you relinquish the focus. If you |
| 10001 | haven't received a FocusIn event, then a mere |
| 10002 | LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */ |
| 10003 | |
| 10004 | case EnterNotify: |
| 10005 | { |
| 10006 | int from_menu_bar_p = 0; |
| 10007 | |
| 10008 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); |
| 10009 | |
| 10010 | #ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION |
| 10011 | /* When clicking outside of a menu bar popup to close |
| 10012 | it, we get a FocusIn/ EnterNotify sequence of |
| 10013 | events. The flag event.xcrossing.focus is not set |
| 10014 | in the EnterNotify event of that sequence because |
| 10015 | the focus is in the menu bar, |
| 10016 | event.xcrossing.window is the frame's X window. |
| 10017 | Unconditionally setting the focus frame to null in |
| 10018 | this case is not the right thing, because no event |
| 10019 | follows that could set the focus frame to the right |
| 10020 | value. |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 | This could be a LessTif bug, but I wasn't able to |
| 10023 | reproduce the behavior in a simple test program. |
| 10024 | |
| 10025 | (gerd, LessTif 0.88.1). */ |
| 10026 | |
| 10027 | if (!event.xcrossing.focus |
| 10028 | && f |
| 10029 | && f->output_data.x->menubar_widget) |
| 10030 | { |
| 10031 | Window focus; |
| 10032 | int revert; |
| 10033 | |
| 10034 | XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), &focus, &revert); |
| 10035 | if (focus == XtWindow (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)) |
| 10036 | from_menu_bar_p = 1; |
| 10037 | } |
| 10038 | #endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */ |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 | if (event.xcrossing.focus || from_menu_bar_p) |
| 10041 | { |
| 10042 | /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */ |
| 10043 | if (f && (!(f->auto_raise) |
| 10044 | || !(f->auto_lower) |
| 10045 | || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500)) |
| 10046 | { |
| 10047 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); |
| 10048 | enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time; |
| 10049 | } |
| 10050 | } |
| 10051 | else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 10052 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 10053 | |
| 10054 | /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement, |
| 10055 | so update things that depend on mouse position. */ |
| 10056 | if (f && !f->output_data.x->busy_p) |
| 10057 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
| 10058 | goto OTHER; |
| 10059 | } |
| 10060 | |
| 10061 | case FocusIn: |
| 10062 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window); |
| 10063 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer) |
| 10064 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = f; |
| 10065 | if (f) |
| 10066 | { |
| 10067 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); |
| 10068 | |
| 10069 | /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message |
| 10070 | for a switch-frame event we don't need. */ |
| 10071 | if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame) |
| 10072 | && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list) |
| 10073 | && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 10074 | { |
| 10075 | bufp->kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT; |
| 10076 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 10077 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 10078 | ++bufp, ++count, --numchars; |
| 10079 | } |
| 10080 | } |
| 10081 | |
| 10082 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 10083 | if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 10084 | XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 10085 | #endif |
| 10086 | |
| 10087 | goto OTHER; |
| 10088 | |
| 10089 | case LeaveNotify: |
| 10090 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); |
| 10091 | if (f) |
| 10092 | { |
| 10093 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 10094 | int from_menu_bar_p = 0; |
| 10095 | |
| 10096 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 10097 | { |
| 10098 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 10099 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 10100 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 10101 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 10102 | } |
| 10103 | |
| 10104 | /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. |
| 10105 | Do it only if there's something to cancel. |
| 10106 | Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when |
| 10107 | the mouse leaves the frame. */ |
| 10108 | if (any_help_event_p) |
| 10109 | { |
| 10110 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 10111 | int n; |
| 10112 | |
| 10113 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 10114 | n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, |
| 10115 | Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0); |
| 10116 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 10117 | } |
| 10118 | |
| 10119 | #ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION |
| 10120 | /* Please see the comment at the start of the |
| 10121 | EnterNotify case. */ |
| 10122 | if (!event.xcrossing.focus |
| 10123 | && f->output_data.x->menubar_widget) |
| 10124 | { |
| 10125 | Window focus; |
| 10126 | int revert; |
| 10127 | XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), &focus, &revert); |
| 10128 | if (focus == XtWindow (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)) |
| 10129 | from_menu_bar_p = 1; |
| 10130 | } |
| 10131 | #endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */ |
| 10132 | |
| 10133 | if (event.xcrossing.focus || from_menu_bar_p) |
| 10134 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo); |
| 10135 | else |
| 10136 | { |
| 10137 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 10138 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 10139 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 10140 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 10141 | } |
| 10142 | } |
| 10143 | goto OTHER; |
| 10144 | |
| 10145 | case FocusOut: |
| 10146 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window); |
| 10147 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer |
| 10148 | && f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 10149 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 10150 | if (f && f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 10151 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 10152 | |
| 10153 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 10154 | if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 10155 | XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 10156 | #endif |
| 10157 | |
| 10158 | goto OTHER; |
| 10159 | |
| 10160 | case MotionNotify: |
| 10161 | { |
| 10162 | previous_help_echo = help_echo; |
| 10163 | help_echo = help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 10164 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 10165 | |
| 10166 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 10167 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 10168 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 10169 | else |
| 10170 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window); |
| 10171 | |
| 10172 | if (f) |
| 10173 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
| 10174 | else |
| 10175 | { |
| 10176 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 10177 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 10178 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window); |
| 10179 | |
| 10180 | if (bar) |
| 10181 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event); |
| 10182 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 10183 | |
| 10184 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 10185 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 10186 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 10187 | } |
| 10188 | |
| 10189 | /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo |
| 10190 | has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */ |
| 10191 | if (!NILP (help_echo) |
| 10192 | || !NILP (previous_help_echo)) |
| 10193 | { |
| 10194 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 10195 | int n; |
| 10196 | |
| 10197 | if (f) |
| 10198 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 10199 | else |
| 10200 | frame = Qnil; |
| 10201 | |
| 10202 | any_help_event_p = 1; |
| 10203 | n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame, |
| 10204 | help_echo_window, help_echo_object, |
| 10205 | help_echo_pos); |
| 10206 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 10207 | } |
| 10208 | |
| 10209 | goto OTHER; |
| 10210 | } |
| 10211 | |
| 10212 | case ConfigureNotify: |
| 10213 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window); |
| 10214 | if (f) |
| 10215 | { |
| 10216 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10217 | int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height); |
| 10218 | int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width); |
| 10219 | |
| 10220 | /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size |
| 10221 | is called by the code that handles resizing |
| 10222 | of the EmacsFrame widget. */ |
| 10223 | |
| 10224 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has |
| 10225 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need |
| 10226 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ |
| 10227 | if (columns != f->width |
| 10228 | || rows != f->height |
| 10229 | || event.xconfigure.width != f->output_data.x->pixel_width |
| 10230 | || event.xconfigure.height != f->output_data.x->pixel_height) |
| 10231 | { |
| 10232 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
| 10233 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 10234 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 10235 | } |
| 10236 | #endif |
| 10237 | |
| 10238 | f->output_data.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width; |
| 10239 | f->output_data.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height; |
| 10240 | |
| 10241 | /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. |
| 10242 | Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ |
| 10243 | x_real_positions (f, &f->output_data.x->left_pos, |
| 10244 | &f->output_data.x->top_pos); |
| 10245 | |
| 10246 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 10247 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea)) |
| 10248 | xic_set_statusarea (f); |
| 10249 | #endif |
| 10250 | |
| 10251 | if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
| 10252 | { |
| 10253 | /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now, |
| 10254 | we must put them below top_pos in the future. */ |
| 10255 | f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 10256 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 10257 | } |
| 10258 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 10259 | /* Some window managers pass (0,0) as the location of |
| 10260 | the window, and the Motif event handler stores it |
| 10261 | in the emacs widget, which messes up Motif menus. */ |
| 10262 | if (event.xconfigure.x == 0 && event.xconfigure.y == 0) |
| 10263 | { |
| 10264 | event.xconfigure.x = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x; |
| 10265 | event.xconfigure.y = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y; |
| 10266 | } |
| 10267 | #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ |
| 10268 | } |
| 10269 | goto OTHER; |
| 10270 | |
| 10271 | case ButtonPress: |
| 10272 | case ButtonRelease: |
| 10273 | { |
| 10274 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen |
| 10275 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ |
| 10276 | struct input_event emacs_event; |
| 10277 | int tool_bar_p = 0; |
| 10278 | |
| 10279 | emacs_event.kind = no_event; |
| 10280 | bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); |
| 10281 | |
| 10282 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed |
| 10283 | && last_mouse_frame |
| 10284 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 10285 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 10286 | else |
| 10287 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); |
| 10288 | |
| 10289 | if (f) |
| 10290 | { |
| 10291 | /* Is this in the tool-bar? */ |
| 10292 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 10293 | && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height)) |
| 10294 | { |
| 10295 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 10296 | int p, x, y; |
| 10297 | |
| 10298 | x = event.xbutton.x; |
| 10299 | y = event.xbutton.y; |
| 10300 | |
| 10301 | /* Set x and y. */ |
| 10302 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1); |
| 10303 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 10304 | { |
| 10305 | x_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &event.xbutton); |
| 10306 | tool_bar_p = 1; |
| 10307 | } |
| 10308 | } |
| 10309 | |
| 10310 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 10311 | if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame |
| 10312 | || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 10313 | construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f); |
| 10314 | } |
| 10315 | else |
| 10316 | { |
| 10317 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 10318 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 10319 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window); |
| 10320 | |
| 10321 | if (bar) |
| 10322 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); |
| 10323 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 10324 | } |
| 10325 | |
| 10326 | if (event.type == ButtonPress) |
| 10327 | { |
| 10328 | dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button); |
| 10329 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 10330 | /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened |
| 10331 | before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement |
| 10332 | Emacs events should reflect only motion after |
| 10333 | the ButtonPress. */ |
| 10334 | if (f != 0) |
| 10335 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 10336 | |
| 10337 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 10338 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 10339 | } |
| 10340 | else |
| 10341 | { |
| 10342 | dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button); |
| 10343 | } |
| 10344 | |
| 10345 | if (numchars >= 1 && emacs_event.kind != no_event) |
| 10346 | { |
| 10347 | bcopy (&emacs_event, bufp, sizeof (struct input_event)); |
| 10348 | bufp++; |
| 10349 | count++; |
| 10350 | numchars--; |
| 10351 | } |
| 10352 | |
| 10353 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10354 | f = x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); |
| 10355 | /* For a down-event in the menu bar, |
| 10356 | don't pass it to Xt right now. |
| 10357 | Instead, save it away |
| 10358 | and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event. |
| 10359 | That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */ |
| 10360 | if (f && event.type == ButtonPress |
| 10361 | /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar |
| 10362 | and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */ |
| 10363 | && event.xbutton.x >= 0 |
| 10364 | && event.xbutton.x < f->output_data.x->pixel_width |
| 10365 | && event.xbutton.y >= 0 |
| 10366 | && event.xbutton.y < f->output_data.x->menubar_height |
| 10367 | && event.xbutton.same_screen) |
| 10368 | { |
| 10369 | SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT; |
| 10370 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame, f); |
| 10371 | } |
| 10372 | else if (event.type == ButtonPress) |
| 10373 | { |
| 10374 | last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; |
| 10375 | goto OTHER; |
| 10376 | } |
| 10377 | |
| 10378 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid, |
| 10379 | but I am trying to be cautious. */ |
| 10380 | else if (event.type == ButtonRelease) |
| 10381 | { |
| 10382 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame)) |
| 10383 | { |
| 10384 | f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame); |
| 10385 | if (f->output_data.x) |
| 10386 | SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT; |
| 10387 | } |
| 10388 | else |
| 10389 | goto OTHER; |
| 10390 | } |
| 10391 | #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ |
| 10392 | else |
| 10393 | goto OTHER; |
| 10394 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10395 | } |
| 10396 | break; |
| 10397 | |
| 10398 | case CirculateNotify: |
| 10399 | goto OTHER; |
| 10400 | |
| 10401 | case CirculateRequest: |
| 10402 | goto OTHER; |
| 10403 | |
| 10404 | case VisibilityNotify: |
| 10405 | goto OTHER; |
| 10406 | |
| 10407 | case MappingNotify: |
| 10408 | /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the |
| 10409 | local cache. */ |
| 10410 | switch (event.xmapping.request) |
| 10411 | { |
| 10412 | case MappingModifier: |
| 10413 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); |
| 10414 | /* This is meant to fall through. */ |
| 10415 | case MappingKeyboard: |
| 10416 | XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping); |
| 10417 | } |
| 10418 | goto OTHER; |
| 10419 | |
| 10420 | default: |
| 10421 | OTHER: |
| 10422 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10423 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10424 | XtDispatchEvent (&event); |
| 10425 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10426 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10427 | break; |
| 10428 | } |
| 10429 | } |
| 10430 | } |
| 10431 | |
| 10432 | out:; |
| 10433 | |
| 10434 | /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events |
| 10435 | when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */ |
| 10436 | if (! event_found) |
| 10437 | { |
| 10438 | /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time. |
| 10439 | One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate. |
| 10440 | B. Bretthauer, 1994 */ |
| 10441 | x_noop_count++; |
| 10442 | if (x_noop_count >= 100) |
| 10443 | { |
| 10444 | x_noop_count=0; |
| 10445 | |
| 10446 | if (next_noop_dpyinfo == 0) |
| 10447 | next_noop_dpyinfo = x_display_list; |
| 10448 | |
| 10449 | XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo->display); |
| 10450 | |
| 10451 | /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */ |
| 10452 | next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next; |
| 10453 | } |
| 10454 | } |
| 10455 | |
| 10456 | /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame, |
| 10457 | raise it now. */ |
| 10458 | /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ |
| 10459 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
| 10460 | { |
| 10461 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); |
| 10462 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 10463 | } |
| 10464 | |
| 10465 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10466 | --handling_signal; |
| 10467 | return count; |
| 10468 | } |
| 10469 | |
| 10470 | |
| 10471 | |
| 10472 | \f |
| 10473 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 10474 | Text Cursor |
| 10475 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 10476 | |
| 10477 | /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a |
| 10478 | drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the |
| 10479 | line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the |
| 10480 | line after HPOS has been written. */ |
| 10481 | |
| 10482 | static void |
| 10483 | note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, hpos, n) |
| 10484 | struct window *w; |
| 10485 | int hpos, n; |
| 10486 | { |
| 10487 | if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA |
| 10488 | && output_cursor.vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos |
| 10489 | && hpos <= w->phys_cursor.hpos |
| 10490 | && (n < 0 |
| 10491 | || hpos + n > w->phys_cursor.hpos)) |
| 10492 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 10493 | } |
| 10494 | |
| 10495 | |
| 10496 | /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which |
| 10497 | we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in. |
| 10498 | WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation |
| 10499 | mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle. |
| 10500 | |
| 10501 | ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be |
| 10502 | clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display, |
| 10503 | mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */ |
| 10504 | |
| 10505 | static void |
| 10506 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, whole_line_p) |
| 10507 | struct window *w; |
| 10508 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 10509 | GC gc; |
| 10510 | int whole_line_p; |
| 10511 | { |
| 10512 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 10513 | XRectangle clip_rect; |
| 10514 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 10515 | |
| 10516 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 10517 | |
| 10518 | clip_rect.x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0); |
| 10519 | clip_rect.y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 10520 | clip_rect.y = max (clip_rect.y, window_y); |
| 10521 | clip_rect.width = window_width; |
| 10522 | clip_rect.height = row->visible_height; |
| 10523 | |
| 10524 | /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend |
| 10525 | the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */ |
| 10526 | if (whole_line_p) |
| 10527 | { |
| 10528 | clip_rect.x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 10529 | clip_rect.width += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 10530 | } |
| 10531 | |
| 10532 | XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, &clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 10533 | } |
| 10534 | |
| 10535 | |
| 10536 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ |
| 10537 | |
| 10538 | static void |
| 10539 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row) |
| 10540 | struct window *w; |
| 10541 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 10542 | { |
| 10543 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 10544 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10545 | Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 10546 | int x, y, wd, h; |
| 10547 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 10548 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 10549 | GC gc; |
| 10550 | |
| 10551 | /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative |
| 10552 | coordinates. */ |
| 10553 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 10554 | y = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y) |
| 10555 | + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent); |
| 10556 | h = row->height - 1; |
| 10557 | |
| 10558 | /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because |
| 10559 | the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ |
| 10560 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 10561 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 10562 | return; |
| 10563 | |
| 10564 | /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch |
| 10565 | glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a |
| 10566 | rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character |
| 10567 | width instead. */ |
| 10568 | wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1; |
| 10569 | if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH |
| 10570 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 10571 | wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd); |
| 10572 | |
| 10573 | /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal |
| 10574 | background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */ |
| 10575 | xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 10576 | if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 10577 | XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 10578 | else |
| 10579 | dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 10580 | GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 10581 | gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 10582 | |
| 10583 | /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */ |
| 10584 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0); |
| 10585 | XDrawRectangle (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h); |
| 10586 | XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); |
| 10587 | } |
| 10588 | |
| 10589 | |
| 10590 | /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. |
| 10591 | |
| 10592 | Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an |
| 10593 | angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. |
| 10594 | Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. |
| 10595 | --gerd. */ |
| 10596 | |
| 10597 | static void |
| 10598 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width) |
| 10599 | struct window *w; |
| 10600 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 10601 | int width; |
| 10602 | { |
| 10603 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 10604 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 10605 | GC gc; |
| 10606 | int x; |
| 10607 | unsigned long mask; |
| 10608 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 10609 | Display *dpy; |
| 10610 | Window window; |
| 10611 | |
| 10612 | /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen |
| 10613 | in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs |
| 10614 | and mini-buffer. */ |
| 10615 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 10616 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 10617 | return; |
| 10618 | |
| 10619 | /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better |
| 10620 | visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that |
| 10621 | the bar might not be in the window. */ |
| 10622 | if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
| 10623 | { |
| 10624 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 10625 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos); |
| 10626 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 10627 | } |
| 10628 | else |
| 10629 | { |
| 10630 | xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 10631 | xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 10632 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0; |
| 10633 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 10634 | dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 10635 | window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 10636 | gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 10637 | |
| 10638 | if (gc) |
| 10639 | XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 10640 | else |
| 10641 | { |
| 10642 | gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 10643 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc; |
| 10644 | } |
| 10645 | |
| 10646 | if (width < 0) |
| 10647 | width = f->output_data.x->cursor_width; |
| 10648 | |
| 10649 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 10650 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0); |
| 10651 | XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc, |
| 10652 | x, |
| 10653 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), |
| 10654 | min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width), |
| 10655 | row->height); |
| 10656 | XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); |
| 10657 | } |
| 10658 | } |
| 10659 | |
| 10660 | |
| 10661 | /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the |
| 10662 | cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor |
| 10663 | is is about to be rewritten. */ |
| 10664 | |
| 10665 | static void |
| 10666 | x_clear_cursor (w) |
| 10667 | struct window *w; |
| 10668 | { |
| 10669 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 10670 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 0); |
| 10671 | } |
| 10672 | |
| 10673 | |
| 10674 | /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the |
| 10675 | comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */ |
| 10676 | |
| 10677 | static void |
| 10678 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl) |
| 10679 | struct window *w; |
| 10680 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 10681 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 10682 | { |
| 10683 | /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can |
| 10684 | happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area |
| 10685 | glyphs and mini-buffer. */ |
| 10686 | if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 10687 | { |
| 10688 | x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA, |
| 10689 | w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1, |
| 10690 | hl, 0, 0, 0); |
| 10691 | |
| 10692 | /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other |
| 10693 | rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows |
| 10694 | are redrawn. */ |
| 10695 | if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p) |
| 10696 | { |
| 10697 | if (row > w->current_matrix->rows |
| 10698 | && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1)) |
| 10699 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA); |
| 10700 | |
| 10701 | if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w) |
| 10702 | && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1)) |
| 10703 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA); |
| 10704 | } |
| 10705 | } |
| 10706 | } |
| 10707 | |
| 10708 | |
| 10709 | /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */ |
| 10710 | |
| 10711 | static void |
| 10712 | x_erase_phys_cursor (w) |
| 10713 | struct window *w; |
| 10714 | { |
| 10715 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 10716 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10717 | int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos; |
| 10718 | int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos; |
| 10719 | int mouse_face_here_p = 0; |
| 10720 | struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix; |
| 10721 | struct glyph_row *cursor_row; |
| 10722 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 10723 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 10724 | |
| 10725 | /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the |
| 10726 | screen. */ |
| 10727 | if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR) |
| 10728 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 10729 | |
| 10730 | /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized. |
| 10731 | Don't bother to erase the cursor. */ |
| 10732 | if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows) |
| 10733 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 10734 | |
| 10735 | /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we |
| 10736 | can do. */ |
| 10737 | cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos); |
| 10738 | if (!cursor_row->enabled_p) |
| 10739 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 10740 | |
| 10741 | /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one. |
| 10742 | In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line |
| 10743 | should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be |
| 10744 | able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a |
| 10745 | cursor glyph at hand. */ |
| 10746 | if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 10747 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 10748 | |
| 10749 | /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when |
| 10750 | we clear the cursor. */ |
| 10751 | if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 10752 | && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 10753 | && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 10754 | || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 10755 | && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)) |
| 10756 | && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 10757 | || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 10758 | && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col)) |
| 10759 | /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the |
| 10760 | end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but |
| 10761 | mouse highlighting does not. */ |
| 10762 | && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos) |
| 10763 | mouse_face_here_p = 1; |
| 10764 | |
| 10765 | /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */ |
| 10766 | if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR) |
| 10767 | { |
| 10768 | int x; |
| 10769 | int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 10770 | |
| 10771 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 10772 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 10773 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 10774 | |
| 10775 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x), |
| 10776 | |
| 10777 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 10778 | x, |
| 10779 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 10780 | cursor_row->y)), |
| 10781 | cursor_glyph->pixel_width, |
| 10782 | cursor_row->visible_height, |
| 10783 | False); |
| 10784 | } |
| 10785 | |
| 10786 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
| 10787 | if (mouse_face_here_p) |
| 10788 | hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE; |
| 10789 | else if (cursor_row->inverse_p) |
| 10790 | hl = DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO; |
| 10791 | else |
| 10792 | hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; |
| 10793 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl); |
| 10794 | |
| 10795 | mark_cursor_off: |
| 10796 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 10797 | w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 10798 | } |
| 10799 | |
| 10800 | |
| 10801 | /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the |
| 10802 | cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero, |
| 10803 | where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */ |
| 10804 | |
| 10805 | void |
| 10806 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 10807 | struct window *w; |
| 10808 | int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; |
| 10809 | { |
| 10810 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 10811 | int new_cursor_type; |
| 10812 | int new_cursor_width; |
| 10813 | struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs; |
| 10814 | struct glyph_row *glyph_row; |
| 10815 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 10816 | |
| 10817 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
| 10818 | windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may |
| 10819 | be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the |
| 10820 | window. */ |
| 10821 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) |
| 10822 | || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
| 10823 | || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows |
| 10824 | || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w) |
| 10825 | return; |
| 10826 | |
| 10827 | /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ |
| 10828 | if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 10829 | return; |
| 10830 | |
| 10831 | current_glyphs = w->current_matrix; |
| 10832 | glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos); |
| 10833 | glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos; |
| 10834 | |
| 10835 | /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to |
| 10836 | display the cursor. */ |
| 10837 | if (!glyph_row->enabled_p) |
| 10838 | { |
| 10839 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 10840 | return; |
| 10841 | } |
| 10842 | |
| 10843 | xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); |
| 10844 | |
| 10845 | /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a |
| 10846 | mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are |
| 10847 | reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want |
| 10848 | the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly |
| 10849 | marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow |
| 10850 | box cursor. */ |
| 10851 | new_cursor_width = -1; |
| 10852 | if (cursor_in_echo_area |
| 10853 | && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
| 10854 | && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
| 10855 | { |
| 10856 | if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)) |
| 10857 | new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f); |
| 10858 | else |
| 10859 | new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR; |
| 10860 | } |
| 10861 | else |
| 10862 | { |
| 10863 | if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window) |
| 10864 | || f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame) |
| 10865 | { |
| 10866 | extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows; |
| 10867 | |
| 10868 | if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) |
| 10869 | || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows |
| 10870 | || NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->cursor_type)) |
| 10871 | new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 10872 | else |
| 10873 | new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR; |
| 10874 | } |
| 10875 | else if (w->cursor_off_p) |
| 10876 | new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 10877 | else |
| 10878 | { |
| 10879 | struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
| 10880 | |
| 10881 | if (EQ (b->cursor_type, Qt)) |
| 10882 | new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f); |
| 10883 | else |
| 10884 | new_cursor_type = x_specified_cursor_type (b->cursor_type, |
| 10885 | &new_cursor_width); |
| 10886 | } |
| 10887 | } |
| 10888 | |
| 10889 | /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or |
| 10890 | it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want, |
| 10891 | erase it. */ |
| 10892 | if (w->phys_cursor_on_p |
| 10893 | && (!on |
| 10894 | || w->phys_cursor.x != x |
| 10895 | || w->phys_cursor.y != y |
| 10896 | || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type)) |
| 10897 | x_erase_phys_cursor (w); |
| 10898 | |
| 10899 | /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible, |
| 10900 | display it. */ |
| 10901 | if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 10902 | { |
| 10903 | w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent; |
| 10904 | w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height; |
| 10905 | |
| 10906 | /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some |
| 10907 | of them may need the information. */ |
| 10908 | w->phys_cursor.x = x; |
| 10909 | w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y; |
| 10910 | w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos; |
| 10911 | w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos; |
| 10912 | w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type; |
| 10913 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1; |
| 10914 | |
| 10915 | switch (new_cursor_type) |
| 10916 | { |
| 10917 | case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 10918 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); |
| 10919 | break; |
| 10920 | |
| 10921 | case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 10922 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 10923 | break; |
| 10924 | |
| 10925 | case BAR_CURSOR: |
| 10926 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width); |
| 10927 | break; |
| 10928 | |
| 10929 | case NO_CURSOR: |
| 10930 | break; |
| 10931 | |
| 10932 | default: |
| 10933 | abort (); |
| 10934 | } |
| 10935 | |
| 10936 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 10937 | if (w == XWINDOW (f->selected_window)) |
| 10938 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition)) |
| 10939 | xic_set_preeditarea (w, x, y); |
| 10940 | #endif |
| 10941 | } |
| 10942 | |
| 10943 | #ifndef XFlush |
| 10944 | if (updating_frame != f) |
| 10945 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 10946 | #endif |
| 10947 | } |
| 10948 | |
| 10949 | |
| 10950 | /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window |
| 10951 | relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix |
| 10952 | positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow |
| 10953 | cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which |
| 10954 | correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */ |
| 10955 | |
| 10956 | void |
| 10957 | x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 10958 | struct window *w; |
| 10959 | int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; |
| 10960 | { |
| 10961 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10962 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y); |
| 10963 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10964 | } |
| 10965 | |
| 10966 | |
| 10967 | /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P. |
| 10968 | Don't change the cursor's position. */ |
| 10969 | |
| 10970 | void |
| 10971 | x_update_cursor (f, on_p) |
| 10972 | struct frame *f; |
| 10973 | { |
| 10974 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p); |
| 10975 | } |
| 10976 | |
| 10977 | |
| 10978 | /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows |
| 10979 | in the window tree rooted at W. */ |
| 10980 | |
| 10981 | static void |
| 10982 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p) |
| 10983 | struct window *w; |
| 10984 | int on_p; |
| 10985 | { |
| 10986 | while (w) |
| 10987 | { |
| 10988 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 10989 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
| 10990 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 10991 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
| 10992 | else |
| 10993 | x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p); |
| 10994 | |
| 10995 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
| 10996 | } |
| 10997 | } |
| 10998 | |
| 10999 | |
| 11000 | /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value |
| 11001 | of ON. */ |
| 11002 | |
| 11003 | static void |
| 11004 | x_update_window_cursor (w, on) |
| 11005 | struct window *w; |
| 11006 | int on; |
| 11007 | { |
| 11008 | /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process |
| 11009 | of being deleted. */ |
| 11010 | if (w->current_matrix) |
| 11011 | { |
| 11012 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11013 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos, |
| 11014 | w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y); |
| 11015 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11016 | } |
| 11017 | } |
| 11018 | |
| 11019 | |
| 11020 | |
| 11021 | \f |
| 11022 | /* Icons. */ |
| 11023 | |
| 11024 | /* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F |
| 11025 | when we get an expose event for it. */ |
| 11026 | |
| 11027 | void |
| 11028 | refreshicon (f) |
| 11029 | struct frame *f; |
| 11030 | { |
| 11031 | /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */ |
| 11032 | } |
| 11033 | |
| 11034 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ |
| 11035 | |
| 11036 | int |
| 11037 | x_bitmap_icon (f, file) |
| 11038 | struct frame *f; |
| 11039 | Lisp_Object file; |
| 11040 | { |
| 11041 | int bitmap_id; |
| 11042 | |
| 11043 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 11044 | return 1; |
| 11045 | |
| 11046 | /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */ |
| 11047 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) |
| 11048 | x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); |
| 11049 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; |
| 11050 | |
| 11051 | if (STRINGP (file)) |
| 11052 | bitmap_id = x_create_bitmap_from_file (f, file); |
| 11053 | else |
| 11054 | { |
| 11055 | /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */ |
| 11056 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id < 0) |
| 11057 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id |
| 11058 | = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits, |
| 11059 | gnu_width, gnu_height); |
| 11060 | |
| 11061 | /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap, |
| 11062 | this increments the ref-count one extra time. |
| 11063 | As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed. |
| 11064 | That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */ |
| 11065 | x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id); |
| 11066 | |
| 11067 | bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id; |
| 11068 | } |
| 11069 | |
| 11070 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, bitmap_id); |
| 11071 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = bitmap_id; |
| 11072 | |
| 11073 | return 0; |
| 11074 | } |
| 11075 | |
| 11076 | |
| 11077 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text. |
| 11078 | Use ICON_NAME as the text. */ |
| 11079 | |
| 11080 | int |
| 11081 | x_text_icon (f, icon_name) |
| 11082 | struct frame *f; |
| 11083 | char *icon_name; |
| 11084 | { |
| 11085 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 11086 | return 1; |
| 11087 | |
| 11088 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 11089 | { |
| 11090 | XTextProperty text; |
| 11091 | text.value = (unsigned char *) icon_name; |
| 11092 | text.encoding = XA_STRING; |
| 11093 | text.format = 8; |
| 11094 | text.nitems = strlen (icon_name); |
| 11095 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11096 | XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), |
| 11097 | &text); |
| 11098 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 11099 | XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), &text); |
| 11100 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 11101 | } |
| 11102 | #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ |
| 11103 | XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), icon_name); |
| 11104 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ |
| 11105 | |
| 11106 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) |
| 11107 | x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); |
| 11108 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; |
| 11109 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0); |
| 11110 | |
| 11111 | return 0; |
| 11112 | } |
| 11113 | \f |
| 11114 | #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200 |
| 11115 | |
| 11116 | /* If non-nil, this should be a string. |
| 11117 | It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */ |
| 11118 | |
| 11119 | static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string; |
| 11120 | |
| 11121 | /* An X error handler which stores the error message in |
| 11122 | x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if |
| 11123 | x_catch_errors is in effect. */ |
| 11124 | |
| 11125 | static void |
| 11126 | x_error_catcher (display, error) |
| 11127 | Display *display; |
| 11128 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 11129 | { |
| 11130 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, |
| 11131 | XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data, |
| 11132 | X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
| 11133 | } |
| 11134 | |
| 11135 | /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors |
| 11136 | for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually |
| 11137 | operating on. |
| 11138 | |
| 11139 | After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause |
| 11140 | Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string |
| 11141 | stored in x_error_message_string. |
| 11142 | |
| 11143 | Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has |
| 11144 | occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors. |
| 11145 | |
| 11146 | Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */ |
| 11147 | |
| 11148 | void x_check_errors (); |
| 11149 | static Lisp_Object x_catch_errors_unwind (); |
| 11150 | |
| 11151 | int |
| 11152 | x_catch_errors (dpy) |
| 11153 | Display *dpy; |
| 11154 | { |
| 11155 | int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl; |
| 11156 | |
| 11157 | /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */ |
| 11158 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 11159 | |
| 11160 | record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind, x_error_message_string); |
| 11161 | |
| 11162 | x_error_message_string = make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
| 11163 | XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0; |
| 11164 | |
| 11165 | return count; |
| 11166 | } |
| 11167 | |
| 11168 | /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */ |
| 11169 | |
| 11170 | static Lisp_Object |
| 11171 | x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val) |
| 11172 | Lisp_Object old_val; |
| 11173 | { |
| 11174 | x_error_message_string = old_val; |
| 11175 | return Qnil; |
| 11176 | } |
| 11177 | |
| 11178 | /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to |
| 11179 | x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using |
| 11180 | sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */ |
| 11181 | |
| 11182 | void |
| 11183 | x_check_errors (dpy, format) |
| 11184 | Display *dpy; |
| 11185 | char *format; |
| 11186 | { |
| 11187 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ |
| 11188 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 11189 | |
| 11190 | if (XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0]) |
| 11191 | error (format, XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data); |
| 11192 | } |
| 11193 | |
| 11194 | /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors |
| 11195 | since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */ |
| 11196 | |
| 11197 | int |
| 11198 | x_had_errors_p (dpy) |
| 11199 | Display *dpy; |
| 11200 | { |
| 11201 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ |
| 11202 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 11203 | |
| 11204 | return XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] != 0; |
| 11205 | } |
| 11206 | |
| 11207 | /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */ |
| 11208 | |
| 11209 | void |
| 11210 | x_clear_errors (dpy) |
| 11211 | Display *dpy; |
| 11212 | { |
| 11213 | XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0; |
| 11214 | } |
| 11215 | |
| 11216 | /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die. |
| 11217 | DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. |
| 11218 | COUNT should be the value that was returned by |
| 11219 | the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */ |
| 11220 | |
| 11221 | void |
| 11222 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count) |
| 11223 | Display *dpy; |
| 11224 | int count; |
| 11225 | { |
| 11226 | unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
| 11227 | } |
| 11228 | |
| 11229 | #if 0 |
| 11230 | static unsigned int x_wire_count; |
| 11231 | x_trace_wire () |
| 11232 | { |
| 11233 | fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count); |
| 11234 | } |
| 11235 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 11236 | |
| 11237 | \f |
| 11238 | /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server |
| 11239 | simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal. |
| 11240 | Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the |
| 11241 | SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler, |
| 11242 | which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */ |
| 11243 | |
| 11244 | static SIGTYPE |
| 11245 | x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
| 11246 | int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
| 11247 | { |
| 11248 | #ifdef USG |
| 11249 | /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used; |
| 11250 | must reestablish each time */ |
| 11251 | signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal); |
| 11252 | #endif /* USG */ |
| 11253 | } |
| 11254 | \f |
| 11255 | /* Handling X errors. */ |
| 11256 | |
| 11257 | /* Handle the loss of connection to display DISPLAY. */ |
| 11258 | |
| 11259 | static SIGTYPE |
| 11260 | x_connection_closed (display, error_message) |
| 11261 | Display *display; |
| 11262 | char *error_message; |
| 11263 | { |
| 11264 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (display); |
| 11265 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 11266 | |
| 11267 | /* Indicate that this display is dead. */ |
| 11268 | |
| 11269 | #if 0 /* Closing the display caused a bus error on OpenWindows. */ |
| 11270 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11271 | XtCloseDisplay (display); |
| 11272 | #endif |
| 11273 | #endif |
| 11274 | |
| 11275 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 11276 | dpyinfo->display = 0; |
| 11277 | |
| 11278 | /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames |
| 11279 | that are on the dead display. */ |
| 11280 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 11281 | { |
| 11282 | Lisp_Object minibuf_frame; |
| 11283 | minibuf_frame |
| 11284 | = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame)))); |
| 11285 | if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) |
| 11286 | && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) |
| 11287 | && ! EQ (frame, minibuf_frame) |
| 11288 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo) |
| 11289 | Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); |
| 11290 | } |
| 11291 | |
| 11292 | /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display. |
| 11293 | We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer |
| 11294 | for another frame that we need to delete. */ |
| 11295 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 11296 | if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) |
| 11297 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo) |
| 11298 | { |
| 11299 | /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused |
| 11300 | trying to find a replacement. */ |
| 11301 | FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame = Qt; |
| 11302 | Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); |
| 11303 | } |
| 11304 | |
| 11305 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 11306 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo); |
| 11307 | |
| 11308 | if (x_display_list == 0) |
| 11309 | { |
| 11310 | fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", error_message); |
| 11311 | shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil); |
| 11312 | exit (70); |
| 11313 | } |
| 11314 | |
| 11315 | /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */ |
| 11316 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 11317 | sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO)); |
| 11318 | #endif |
| 11319 | sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM)); |
| 11320 | TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11321 | |
| 11322 | clear_waiting_for_input (); |
| 11323 | handling_signal = 0; |
| 11324 | error ("%s", error_message); |
| 11325 | } |
| 11326 | |
| 11327 | /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors. |
| 11328 | It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for. |
| 11329 | If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ |
| 11330 | |
| 11331 | static void |
| 11332 | x_error_quitter (display, error) |
| 11333 | Display *display; |
| 11334 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 11335 | { |
| 11336 | char buf[256], buf1[356]; |
| 11337 | |
| 11338 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
| 11339 | original error handler. */ |
| 11340 | |
| 11341 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf)); |
| 11342 | sprintf (buf1, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d", |
| 11343 | buf, error->request_code); |
| 11344 | x_connection_closed (display, buf1); |
| 11345 | } |
| 11346 | |
| 11347 | /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors. |
| 11348 | It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */ |
| 11349 | |
| 11350 | static int |
| 11351 | x_error_handler (display, error) |
| 11352 | Display *display; |
| 11353 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 11354 | { |
| 11355 | if (! NILP (x_error_message_string)) |
| 11356 | x_error_catcher (display, error); |
| 11357 | else |
| 11358 | x_error_quitter (display, error); |
| 11359 | return 0; |
| 11360 | } |
| 11361 | |
| 11362 | /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always. |
| 11363 | It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with. |
| 11364 | If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ |
| 11365 | |
| 11366 | static int |
| 11367 | x_io_error_quitter (display) |
| 11368 | Display *display; |
| 11369 | { |
| 11370 | char buf[256]; |
| 11371 | |
| 11372 | sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display)); |
| 11373 | x_connection_closed (display, buf); |
| 11374 | return 0; |
| 11375 | } |
| 11376 | \f |
| 11377 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
| 11378 | |
| 11379 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
| 11380 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard |
| 11381 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. |
| 11382 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ |
| 11383 | |
| 11384 | Lisp_Object |
| 11385 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
| 11386 | struct frame *f; |
| 11387 | register char *fontname; |
| 11388 | { |
| 11389 | struct font_info *fontp |
| 11390 | = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1); |
| 11391 | |
| 11392 | if (!fontp) |
| 11393 | return Qnil; |
| 11394 | |
| 11395 | f->output_data.x->font = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font); |
| 11396 | f->output_data.x->baseline_offset = fontp->baseline_offset; |
| 11397 | f->output_data.x->fontset = -1; |
| 11398 | |
| 11399 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
| 11400 | if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) |
| 11401 | { |
| 11402 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 11403 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; |
| 11404 | } |
| 11405 | else |
| 11406 | { |
| 11407 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 11408 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; |
| 11409 | } |
| 11410 | |
| 11411 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
| 11412 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
| 11413 | { |
| 11414 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 11415 | f->output_data.x->font->fid); |
| 11416 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->reverse_gc, |
| 11417 | f->output_data.x->font->fid); |
| 11418 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->cursor_gc, |
| 11419 | f->output_data.x->font->fid); |
| 11420 | |
| 11421 | frame_update_line_height (f); |
| 11422 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); |
| 11423 | } |
| 11424 | else |
| 11425 | /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, |
| 11426 | there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ |
| 11427 | f->output_data.x->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 11428 | |
| 11429 | return build_string (fontp->full_name); |
| 11430 | } |
| 11431 | |
| 11432 | /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and |
| 11433 | return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard |
| 11434 | pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern. |
| 11435 | The return value shows which fontset we chose. */ |
| 11436 | |
| 11437 | Lisp_Object |
| 11438 | x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname) |
| 11439 | struct frame *f; |
| 11440 | char *fontsetname; |
| 11441 | { |
| 11442 | int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0); |
| 11443 | Lisp_Object result; |
| 11444 | |
| 11445 | if (fontset < 0) |
| 11446 | return Qnil; |
| 11447 | |
| 11448 | if (f->output_data.x->fontset == fontset) |
| 11449 | /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more |
| 11450 | to do. */ |
| 11451 | return fontset_name (fontset); |
| 11452 | |
| 11453 | result = x_new_font (f, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data)); |
| 11454 | |
| 11455 | if (!STRINGP (result)) |
| 11456 | /* Can't load ASCII font. */ |
| 11457 | return Qnil; |
| 11458 | |
| 11459 | /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */ |
| 11460 | f->output_data.x->fontset = fontset; |
| 11461 | |
| 11462 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 11463 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) |
| 11464 | && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea))) |
| 11465 | xic_set_xfontset (f, XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset))->data); |
| 11466 | #endif |
| 11467 | |
| 11468 | return build_string (fontsetname); |
| 11469 | } |
| 11470 | |
| 11471 | \f |
| 11472 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 11473 | X Input Methods |
| 11474 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 11475 | |
| 11476 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 11477 | |
| 11478 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 |
| 11479 | |
| 11480 | /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the |
| 11481 | connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a |
| 11482 | pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */ |
| 11483 | |
| 11484 | static void |
| 11485 | xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data) |
| 11486 | XIM xim; |
| 11487 | XPointer client_data; |
| 11488 | XPointer call_data; |
| 11489 | { |
| 11490 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) client_data; |
| 11491 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 11492 | |
| 11493 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11494 | |
| 11495 | /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */ |
| 11496 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 11497 | { |
| 11498 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
| 11499 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo) |
| 11500 | { |
| 11501 | FRAME_XIC (f) = NULL; |
| 11502 | if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f)) |
| 11503 | { |
| 11504 | XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f)); |
| 11505 | FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f) = NULL; |
| 11506 | } |
| 11507 | } |
| 11508 | } |
| 11509 | |
| 11510 | /* No need to call XCloseIM. */ |
| 11511 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 11512 | XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles); |
| 11513 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11514 | } |
| 11515 | |
| 11516 | #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */ |
| 11517 | |
| 11518 | /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. |
| 11519 | RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */ |
| 11520 | |
| 11521 | static void |
| 11522 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 11523 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 11524 | char *resource_name; |
| 11525 | { |
| 11526 | #ifdef USE_XIM |
| 11527 | XIM xim; |
| 11528 | |
| 11529 | xim = XOpenIM (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, resource_name, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 11530 | dpyinfo->xim = xim; |
| 11531 | |
| 11532 | if (xim) |
| 11533 | { |
| 11534 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 |
| 11535 | XIMCallback destroy; |
| 11536 | #endif |
| 11537 | |
| 11538 | /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */ |
| 11539 | XGetIMValues (xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &dpyinfo->xim_styles, NULL); |
| 11540 | |
| 11541 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 |
| 11542 | destroy.callback = xim_destroy_callback; |
| 11543 | destroy.client_data = (XPointer)dpyinfo; |
| 11544 | /* This isn't prptotyped in OSF 5.0. */ |
| 11545 | XSetIMValues (xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy, NULL); |
| 11546 | #endif |
| 11547 | } |
| 11548 | |
| 11549 | #else /* not USE_XIM */ |
| 11550 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 11551 | #endif /* not USE_XIM */ |
| 11552 | } |
| 11553 | |
| 11554 | |
| 11555 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM |
| 11556 | |
| 11557 | struct xim_inst_t |
| 11558 | { |
| 11559 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 11560 | char *resource_name; |
| 11561 | }; |
| 11562 | |
| 11563 | /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM |
| 11564 | server is available. DISPLAY is teh display of the XIM. |
| 11565 | CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created |
| 11566 | when the callback was registered. */ |
| 11567 | |
| 11568 | static void |
| 11569 | xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data) |
| 11570 | Display *display; |
| 11571 | XPointer client_data; |
| 11572 | XPointer call_data; |
| 11573 | { |
| 11574 | struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) client_data; |
| 11575 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = xim_inst->dpyinfo; |
| 11576 | |
| 11577 | /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */ |
| 11578 | if (dpyinfo->xim) |
| 11579 | return; |
| 11580 | |
| 11581 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, xim_inst->resource_name); |
| 11582 | |
| 11583 | /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long |
| 11584 | as they have no XIC. */ |
| 11585 | if (dpyinfo->xim && dpyinfo->reference_count > 0) |
| 11586 | { |
| 11587 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 11588 | |
| 11589 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11590 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 11591 | { |
| 11592 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
| 11593 | |
| 11594 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == xim_inst->dpyinfo) |
| 11595 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) == NULL) |
| 11596 | { |
| 11597 | create_frame_xic (f); |
| 11598 | if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea) |
| 11599 | xic_set_statusarea (f); |
| 11600 | if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition) |
| 11601 | { |
| 11602 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->selected_window); |
| 11603 | xic_set_preeditarea (w, w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y); |
| 11604 | } |
| 11605 | } |
| 11606 | } |
| 11607 | |
| 11608 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11609 | } |
| 11610 | } |
| 11611 | |
| 11612 | #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 11613 | |
| 11614 | |
| 11615 | /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. |
| 11616 | RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the |
| 11617 | connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection |
| 11618 | in the XIM instantiate callback function. */ |
| 11619 | |
| 11620 | static void |
| 11621 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 11622 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 11623 | char *resource_name; |
| 11624 | { |
| 11625 | #ifdef USE_XIM |
| 11626 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM |
| 11627 | struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst; |
| 11628 | int len; |
| 11629 | |
| 11630 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 11631 | xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t)); |
| 11632 | xim_inst->dpyinfo = dpyinfo; |
| 11633 | len = strlen (resource_name); |
| 11634 | xim_inst->resource_name = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1); |
| 11635 | bcopy (resource_name, xim_inst->resource_name, len + 1); |
| 11636 | XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, |
| 11637 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS, |
| 11638 | xim_instantiate_callback, |
| 11639 | /* Fixme: This is XPointer in |
| 11640 | XFree86 but (XPointer *) on |
| 11641 | Tru64, at least. */ |
| 11642 | (XPointer) xim_inst); |
| 11643 | #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 11644 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 11645 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name); |
| 11646 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 11647 | |
| 11648 | #else /* not USE_XIM */ |
| 11649 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 11650 | #endif /* not USE_XIM */ |
| 11651 | } |
| 11652 | |
| 11653 | |
| 11654 | /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */ |
| 11655 | |
| 11656 | static void |
| 11657 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo) |
| 11658 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 11659 | { |
| 11660 | #ifdef USE_XIM |
| 11661 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM |
| 11662 | XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, |
| 11663 | NULL, EMACS_CLASS, |
| 11664 | xim_instantiate_callback, NULL); |
| 11665 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 11666 | XCloseIM (dpyinfo->xim); |
| 11667 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 11668 | XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles); |
| 11669 | #endif /* USE_XIM */ |
| 11670 | } |
| 11671 | |
| 11672 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 11673 | |
| 11674 | |
| 11675 | \f |
| 11676 | /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
| 11677 | from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
| 11678 | |
| 11679 | void |
| 11680 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
| 11681 | struct frame *f; |
| 11682 | { |
| 11683 | Window child; |
| 11684 | int win_x = 0, win_y = 0; |
| 11685 | int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags; |
| 11686 | int this_window; |
| 11687 | |
| 11688 | /* We have nothing to do if the current position |
| 11689 | is already for the top-left corner. */ |
| 11690 | if (! ((flags & XNegative) || (flags & YNegative))) |
| 11691 | return; |
| 11692 | |
| 11693 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11694 | this_window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 11695 | #else |
| 11696 | this_window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 11697 | #endif |
| 11698 | |
| 11699 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
| 11700 | the inner window, with respect to the outer window. |
| 11701 | But do this only if we will need the results. */ |
| 11702 | if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
| 11703 | { |
| 11704 | int count; |
| 11705 | |
| 11706 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11707 | count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 11708 | while (1) |
| 11709 | { |
| 11710 | x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 11711 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 11712 | |
| 11713 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 11714 | this_window, |
| 11715 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc, |
| 11716 | |
| 11717 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 11718 | 0, 0, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 11719 | |
| 11720 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 11721 | &child); |
| 11722 | if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))) |
| 11723 | { |
| 11724 | Window newroot, newparent = 0xdeadbeef; |
| 11725 | Window *newchildren; |
| 11726 | unsigned int nchildren; |
| 11727 | |
| 11728 | if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), this_window, &newroot, |
| 11729 | &newparent, &newchildren, &nchildren)) |
| 11730 | break; |
| 11731 | |
| 11732 | XFree ((char *) newchildren); |
| 11733 | |
| 11734 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc = newparent; |
| 11735 | } |
| 11736 | else |
| 11737 | break; |
| 11738 | } |
| 11739 | |
| 11740 | x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count); |
| 11741 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11742 | } |
| 11743 | |
| 11744 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost |
| 11745 | position that fits on the screen. */ |
| 11746 | if (flags & XNegative) |
| 11747 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width |
| 11748 | - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_x |
| 11749 | - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 11750 | + f->output_data.x->left_pos); |
| 11751 | |
| 11752 | if (flags & YNegative) |
| 11753 | { |
| 11754 | int menubar_height = 0; |
| 11755 | |
| 11756 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11757 | if (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget) |
| 11758 | menubar_height |
| 11759 | = (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget->core.height |
| 11760 | + f->output_data.x->menubar_widget->core.border_width); |
| 11761 | #endif |
| 11762 | |
| 11763 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height |
| 11764 | - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width |
| 11765 | - win_y |
| 11766 | - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
| 11767 | - menubar_height |
| 11768 | + f->output_data.x->top_pos); |
| 11769 | } |
| 11770 | |
| 11771 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
| 11772 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, |
| 11773 | so the flags should correspond. */ |
| 11774 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 11775 | } |
| 11776 | |
| 11777 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
| 11778 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from |
| 11779 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current |
| 11780 | position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, |
| 11781 | which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ |
| 11782 | |
| 11783 | void |
| 11784 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
| 11785 | struct frame *f; |
| 11786 | register int xoff, yoff; |
| 11787 | int change_gravity; |
| 11788 | { |
| 11789 | int modified_top, modified_left; |
| 11790 | |
| 11791 | if (change_gravity > 0) |
| 11792 | { |
| 11793 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = yoff; |
| 11794 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = xoff; |
| 11795 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 11796 | if (xoff < 0) |
| 11797 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
| 11798 | if (yoff < 0) |
| 11799 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
| 11800 | f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 11801 | } |
| 11802 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
| 11803 | |
| 11804 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11805 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 11806 | |
| 11807 | modified_left = f->output_data.x->left_pos; |
| 11808 | modified_top = f->output_data.x->top_pos; |
| 11809 | #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal, |
| 11810 | this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */ |
| 11811 | /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here |
| 11812 | when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */ |
| 11813 | if (change_gravity != 0) |
| 11814 | { |
| 11815 | modified_left += f->output_data.x->border_width; |
| 11816 | modified_top += f->output_data.x->border_width; |
| 11817 | } |
| 11818 | #endif |
| 11819 | |
| 11820 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11821 | XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), |
| 11822 | modified_left, modified_top); |
| 11823 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 11824 | XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 11825 | modified_left, modified_top); |
| 11826 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 11827 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11828 | } |
| 11829 | |
| 11830 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
| 11831 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity |
| 11832 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. |
| 11833 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 11834 | |
| 11835 | void |
| 11836 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 11837 | struct frame *f; |
| 11838 | int change_gravity; |
| 11839 | int cols, rows; |
| 11840 | { |
| 11841 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11842 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; |
| 11843 | #endif |
| 11844 | |
| 11845 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11846 | |
| 11847 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11848 | { |
| 11849 | /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the |
| 11850 | call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize. |
| 11851 | This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't |
| 11852 | figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */ |
| 11853 | int xpos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x; |
| 11854 | int ypos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y; |
| 11855 | EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, cols, rows); |
| 11856 | f->output_data.x->widget->core.x = xpos; |
| 11857 | f->output_data.x->widget->core.y = ypos; |
| 11858 | } |
| 11859 | |
| 11860 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 11861 | |
| 11862 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
| 11863 | f->output_data.x->vertical_scroll_bar_extra |
| 11864 | = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 11865 | ? 0 |
| 11866 | : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 |
| 11867 | ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 11868 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font))); |
| 11869 | f->output_data.x->flags_areas_extra |
| 11870 | = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); |
| 11871 | pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
| 11872 | pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); |
| 11873 | |
| 11874 | f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 11875 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 11876 | |
| 11877 | XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), False); |
| 11878 | XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 11879 | pixelwidth, pixelheight); |
| 11880 | |
| 11881 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
| 11882 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
| 11883 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
| 11884 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
| 11885 | |
| 11886 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
| 11887 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
| 11888 | might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes |
| 11889 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
| 11890 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. |
| 11891 | |
| 11892 | We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of |
| 11893 | a BLOCK_INPUT. */ |
| 11894 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
| 11895 | PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
| 11896 | PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
| 11897 | |
| 11898 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
| 11899 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
| 11900 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
| 11901 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
| 11902 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 11903 | |
| 11904 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 11905 | |
| 11906 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 11907 | |
| 11908 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
| 11909 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); |
| 11910 | |
| 11911 | /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
| 11912 | since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
| 11913 | Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
| 11914 | so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
| 11915 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 11916 | |
| 11917 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11918 | } |
| 11919 | \f |
| 11920 | /* Mouse warping. */ |
| 11921 | |
| 11922 | void |
| 11923 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
| 11924 | struct frame *f; |
| 11925 | int x, y; |
| 11926 | { |
| 11927 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 11928 | |
| 11929 | pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) / 2; |
| 11930 | pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.x->line_height / 2; |
| 11931 | |
| 11932 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; |
| 11933 | if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 11934 | |
| 11935 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; |
| 11936 | if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 11937 | |
| 11938 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11939 | |
| 11940 | XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 11941 | 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 11942 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11943 | } |
| 11944 | |
| 11945 | /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */ |
| 11946 | |
| 11947 | void |
| 11948 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 11949 | struct frame *f; |
| 11950 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 11951 | { |
| 11952 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11953 | |
| 11954 | XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 11955 | 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 11956 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11957 | } |
| 11958 | \f |
| 11959 | /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
| 11960 | |
| 11961 | void |
| 11962 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
| 11963 | struct frame *f; |
| 11964 | { |
| 11965 | #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */ |
| 11966 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 11967 | #endif |
| 11968 | #if 0 |
| 11969 | /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this |
| 11970 | without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up |
| 11971 | doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */ |
| 11972 | XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 11973 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
| 11974 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 11975 | } |
| 11976 | |
| 11977 | void |
| 11978 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
| 11979 | struct frame *f; |
| 11980 | { |
| 11981 | #if 0 |
| 11982 | /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */ |
| 11983 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame == f) |
| 11984 | XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), PointerRoot, |
| 11985 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
| 11986 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 11987 | } |
| 11988 | |
| 11989 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
| 11990 | |
| 11991 | void |
| 11992 | x_raise_frame (f) |
| 11993 | struct frame *f; |
| 11994 | { |
| 11995 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 11996 | { |
| 11997 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11998 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11999 | XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget)); |
| 12000 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12001 | XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 12002 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12003 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 12004 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12005 | } |
| 12006 | } |
| 12007 | |
| 12008 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
| 12009 | |
| 12010 | void |
| 12011 | x_lower_frame (f) |
| 12012 | struct frame *f; |
| 12013 | { |
| 12014 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 12015 | { |
| 12016 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12017 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12018 | XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget)); |
| 12019 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12020 | XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 12021 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12022 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 12023 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12024 | } |
| 12025 | } |
| 12026 | |
| 12027 | static void |
| 12028 | XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) |
| 12029 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 12030 | int raise_flag; |
| 12031 | { |
| 12032 | if (raise_flag) |
| 12033 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 12034 | else |
| 12035 | x_lower_frame (f); |
| 12036 | } |
| 12037 | \f |
| 12038 | /* Change of visibility. */ |
| 12039 | |
| 12040 | /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. |
| 12041 | However, if the window manager asks the user where to position |
| 12042 | the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. |
| 12043 | The frame will not actually be visible at that time, |
| 12044 | but it will become visible later when the window manager |
| 12045 | finishes with it. */ |
| 12046 | |
| 12047 | void |
| 12048 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
| 12049 | struct frame *f; |
| 12050 | { |
| 12051 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 12052 | int original_top, original_left; |
| 12053 | int retry_count = 2; |
| 12054 | |
| 12055 | retry: |
| 12056 | |
| 12057 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12058 | |
| 12059 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 12060 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 12061 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 12062 | |
| 12063 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 12064 | { |
| 12065 | /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't |
| 12066 | call x_set_offset a second time |
| 12067 | if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time |
| 12068 | before the window gets really visible. */ |
| 12069 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 12070 | && ! f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible) |
| 12071 | x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0); |
| 12072 | |
| 12073 | f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible = 1; |
| 12074 | |
| 12075 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 12076 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState); |
| 12077 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12078 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
| 12079 | XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 12080 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12081 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 12082 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12083 | #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places |
| 12084 | if the window configuration has changed. They seem |
| 12085 | to come back ok without this. */ |
| 12086 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 12087 | XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 12088 | #endif |
| 12089 | } |
| 12090 | |
| 12091 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 12092 | |
| 12093 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
| 12094 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked |
| 12095 | so that incoming events are handled. */ |
| 12096 | { |
| 12097 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 12098 | int count; |
| 12099 | /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT |
| 12100 | since events that arrive in response to the actions above |
| 12101 | will set it when they are handled. */ |
| 12102 | int previously_visible = f->output_data.x->has_been_visible; |
| 12103 | |
| 12104 | original_left = f->output_data.x->left_pos; |
| 12105 | original_top = f->output_data.x->top_pos; |
| 12106 | |
| 12107 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ |
| 12108 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12109 | |
| 12110 | /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */ |
| 12111 | |
| 12112 | /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be". |
| 12113 | But don't do it if the gravity is negative. |
| 12114 | When the gravity is negative, this uses a position |
| 12115 | that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width. |
| 12116 | |
| 12117 | Don't do this if the window has never been visible before, |
| 12118 | because the window manager may choose the position |
| 12119 | and we don't want to override it. */ |
| 12120 | |
| 12121 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 12122 | && f->output_data.x->win_gravity == NorthWestGravity |
| 12123 | && previously_visible) |
| 12124 | { |
| 12125 | Drawable rootw; |
| 12126 | int x, y; |
| 12127 | unsigned int width, height, border, depth; |
| 12128 | |
| 12129 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12130 | |
| 12131 | /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing |
| 12132 | window, even to the same place, causes the window manager |
| 12133 | to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move |
| 12134 | to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little |
| 12135 | slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right |
| 12136 | place. If the window is not in the right place, move it |
| 12137 | there, and take the potential window manager hit. */ |
| 12138 | XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), |
| 12139 | &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth); |
| 12140 | |
| 12141 | if (original_left != x || original_top != y) |
| 12142 | XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), |
| 12143 | original_left, original_top); |
| 12144 | |
| 12145 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12146 | } |
| 12147 | |
| 12148 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 12149 | |
| 12150 | /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a |
| 12151 | MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a |
| 12152 | MapNotify at all.. */ |
| 12153 | for (count = input_signal_count + 10; |
| 12154 | input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);) |
| 12155 | { |
| 12156 | /* Force processing of queued events. */ |
| 12157 | x_sync (f); |
| 12158 | |
| 12159 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been |
| 12160 | observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an |
| 12161 | alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something |
| 12162 | to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems |
| 12163 | that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is |
| 12164 | probably a bug. */ |
| 12165 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
| 12166 | { |
| 12167 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while |
| 12168 | processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the |
| 12169 | handler reset it. */ |
| 12170 | extern void poll_for_input_1 P_ ((void)); |
| 12171 | int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count; |
| 12172 | poll_suppress_count = 1; |
| 12173 | poll_for_input_1 (); |
| 12174 | poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count; |
| 12175 | } |
| 12176 | |
| 12177 | /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */ |
| 12178 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 12179 | } |
| 12180 | |
| 12181 | /* 2000-09-28: In |
| 12182 | |
| 12183 | (let ((f (selected-frame))) |
| 12184 | (iconify-frame f) |
| 12185 | (raise-frame f)) |
| 12186 | |
| 12187 | the frame is not raised with various window managers on |
| 12188 | FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some |
| 12189 | unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored. |
| 12190 | Mapping the widget a second time works. */ |
| 12191 | |
| 12192 | if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && --retry_count > 0) |
| 12193 | goto retry; |
| 12194 | } |
| 12195 | } |
| 12196 | |
| 12197 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ |
| 12198 | |
| 12199 | /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ |
| 12200 | |
| 12201 | void |
| 12202 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
| 12203 | struct frame *f; |
| 12204 | { |
| 12205 | Window window; |
| 12206 | |
| 12207 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12208 | /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */ |
| 12209 | window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 12210 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12211 | window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 12212 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12213 | |
| 12214 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 12215 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 12216 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 12217 | |
| 12218 | #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */ |
| 12219 | if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified) |
| 12220 | return; |
| 12221 | #endif |
| 12222 | |
| 12223 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12224 | |
| 12225 | /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim |
| 12226 | that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than |
| 12227 | program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be |
| 12228 | placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it |
| 12229 | by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */ |
| 12230 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 1); |
| 12231 | |
| 12232 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 12233 | |
| 12234 | if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, |
| 12235 | DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)))) |
| 12236 | { |
| 12237 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 12238 | error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal"); |
| 12239 | } |
| 12240 | #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
| 12241 | |
| 12242 | /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */ |
| 12243 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 12244 | { |
| 12245 | XEvent unmap; |
| 12246 | |
| 12247 | unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify; |
| 12248 | unmap.xunmap.window = window; |
| 12249 | unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 12250 | unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False; |
| 12251 | if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 12252 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), |
| 12253 | False, |
| 12254 | SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask, |
| 12255 | &unmap)) |
| 12256 | { |
| 12257 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 12258 | error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal"); |
| 12259 | } |
| 12260 | } |
| 12261 | |
| 12262 | /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */ |
| 12263 | XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window); |
| 12264 | #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
| 12265 | |
| 12266 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
| 12267 | just by the event that we get from the server. |
| 12268 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting |
| 12269 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, |
| 12270 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ |
| 12271 | f->visible = 0; |
| 12272 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; |
| 12273 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 12274 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 12275 | |
| 12276 | x_sync (f); |
| 12277 | |
| 12278 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12279 | } |
| 12280 | |
| 12281 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
| 12282 | |
| 12283 | void |
| 12284 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
| 12285 | struct frame *f; |
| 12286 | { |
| 12287 | int result; |
| 12288 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 12289 | |
| 12290 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 12291 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 12292 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 12293 | |
| 12294 | if (f->async_iconified) |
| 12295 | return; |
| 12296 | |
| 12297 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12298 | |
| 12299 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 12300 | |
| 12301 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 12302 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 12303 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 12304 | |
| 12305 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12306 | |
| 12307 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 12308 | { |
| 12309 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 12310 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); |
| 12311 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
| 12312 | XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 12313 | /* The server won't give us any event to indicate |
| 12314 | that an invisible frame was changed to an icon, |
| 12315 | so we have to record it here. */ |
| 12316 | f->iconified = 1; |
| 12317 | f->visible = 1; |
| 12318 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 12319 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 12320 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12321 | return; |
| 12322 | } |
| 12323 | |
| 12324 | result = XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 12325 | XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), |
| 12326 | DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))); |
| 12327 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12328 | |
| 12329 | if (!result) |
| 12330 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
| 12331 | |
| 12332 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 12333 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 12334 | |
| 12335 | |
| 12336 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12337 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 12338 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12339 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12340 | |
| 12341 | /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned, |
| 12342 | in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */ |
| 12343 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
| 12344 | x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0); |
| 12345 | |
| 12346 | /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both |
| 12347 | the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */ |
| 12348 | |
| 12349 | /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the |
| 12350 | WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */ |
| 12351 | { |
| 12352 | XEvent message; |
| 12353 | |
| 12354 | message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 12355 | message.xclient.type = ClientMessage; |
| 12356 | message.xclient.message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_wm_change_state; |
| 12357 | message.xclient.format = 32; |
| 12358 | message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState; |
| 12359 | |
| 12360 | if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 12361 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), |
| 12362 | False, |
| 12363 | SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask, |
| 12364 | &message)) |
| 12365 | { |
| 12366 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 12367 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
| 12368 | } |
| 12369 | } |
| 12370 | |
| 12371 | /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to |
| 12372 | IconicState. */ |
| 12373 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); |
| 12374 | |
| 12375 | if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 12376 | { |
| 12377 | /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */ |
| 12378 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 12379 | } |
| 12380 | |
| 12381 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 12382 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 12383 | |
| 12384 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 12385 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12386 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12387 | } |
| 12388 | \f |
| 12389 | /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */ |
| 12390 | |
| 12391 | void |
| 12392 | x_destroy_window (f) |
| 12393 | struct frame *f; |
| 12394 | { |
| 12395 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 12396 | |
| 12397 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12398 | |
| 12399 | /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more |
| 12400 | commands to the X server. */ |
| 12401 | if (dpyinfo->display != 0) |
| 12402 | { |
| 12403 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_desc != 0) |
| 12404 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->icon_desc); |
| 12405 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 12406 | if (FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 12407 | free_frame_xic (f); |
| 12408 | #endif |
| 12409 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->window_desc); |
| 12410 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12411 | if (f->output_data.x->widget) |
| 12412 | XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 12413 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
| 12414 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12415 | |
| 12416 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); |
| 12417 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel); |
| 12418 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel); |
| 12419 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel); |
| 12420 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->border_pixel); |
| 12421 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->mouse_pixel); |
| 12422 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel != -1) |
| 12423 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel); |
| 12424 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) |
| 12425 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel); |
| 12426 | if (f->output_data.x->white_relief.allocated_p) |
| 12427 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->white_relief.pixel); |
| 12428 | if (f->output_data.x->black_relief.allocated_p) |
| 12429 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->black_relief.pixel); |
| 12430 | |
| 12431 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 12432 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 12433 | } |
| 12434 | |
| 12435 | if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event) |
| 12436 | xfree (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event); |
| 12437 | |
| 12438 | xfree (f->output_data.x); |
| 12439 | f->output_data.x = 0; |
| 12440 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 12441 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; |
| 12442 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 12443 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 12444 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 12445 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 12446 | |
| 12447 | dpyinfo->reference_count--; |
| 12448 | |
| 12449 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 12450 | { |
| 12451 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 12452 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 12453 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 12454 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 12455 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 12456 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 12457 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 12458 | } |
| 12459 | |
| 12460 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12461 | } |
| 12462 | \f |
| 12463 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
| 12464 | |
| 12465 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
| 12466 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags |
| 12467 | that the window now has. |
| 12468 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition |
| 12469 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ |
| 12470 | |
| 12471 | void |
| 12472 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
| 12473 | struct frame *f; |
| 12474 | long flags; |
| 12475 | int user_position; |
| 12476 | { |
| 12477 | XSizeHints size_hints; |
| 12478 | |
| 12479 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12480 | Arg al[2]; |
| 12481 | int ac = 0; |
| 12482 | Dimension widget_width, widget_height; |
| 12483 | Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 12484 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12485 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 12486 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12487 | |
| 12488 | /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ |
| 12489 | size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; |
| 12490 | |
| 12491 | size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos; |
| 12492 | size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos; |
| 12493 | |
| 12494 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12495 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++; |
| 12496 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++; |
| 12497 | XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac); |
| 12498 | size_hints.height = widget_height; |
| 12499 | size_hints.width = widget_width; |
| 12500 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12501 | size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 12502 | size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 12503 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12504 | |
| 12505 | size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 12506 | size_hints.height_inc = f->output_data.x->line_height; |
| 12507 | size_hints.max_width |
| 12508 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 12509 | size_hints.max_height |
| 12510 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 12511 | |
| 12512 | /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. |
| 12513 | |
| 12514 | (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here. |
| 12515 | Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */ |
| 12516 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12517 | { |
| 12518 | int base_width, base_height; |
| 12519 | int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
| 12520 | |
| 12521 | base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 12522 | base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 12523 | |
| 12524 | check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
| 12525 | |
| 12526 | /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the |
| 12527 | current number of rows and columns in the frame while |
| 12528 | resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this |
| 12529 | purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a |
| 12530 | zero-row, zero-column frame. |
| 12531 | |
| 12532 | We use the base_width and base_height members if we have |
| 12533 | them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members |
| 12534 | to the size for a zero x zero frame. */ |
| 12535 | |
| 12536 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 12537 | size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize; |
| 12538 | size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
| 12539 | size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
| 12540 | size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
| 12541 | size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
| 12542 | #else |
| 12543 | size_hints.min_width = base_width; |
| 12544 | size_hints.min_height = base_height; |
| 12545 | #endif |
| 12546 | } |
| 12547 | |
| 12548 | /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */ |
| 12549 | if (flags) |
| 12550 | { |
| 12551 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 12552 | goto no_read; |
| 12553 | } |
| 12554 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12555 | |
| 12556 | { |
| 12557 | XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */ |
| 12558 | long supplied_return; |
| 12559 | int value; |
| 12560 | |
| 12561 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 12562 | value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints, |
| 12563 | &supplied_return); |
| 12564 | #else |
| 12565 | value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints); |
| 12566 | #endif |
| 12567 | |
| 12568 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12569 | size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height; |
| 12570 | size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width; |
| 12571 | size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height; |
| 12572 | size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width; |
| 12573 | #endif |
| 12574 | |
| 12575 | if (flags) |
| 12576 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 12577 | else |
| 12578 | { |
| 12579 | if (value == 0) |
| 12580 | hints.flags = 0; |
| 12581 | if (hints.flags & PSize) |
| 12582 | size_hints.flags |= PSize; |
| 12583 | if (hints.flags & PPosition) |
| 12584 | size_hints.flags |= PPosition; |
| 12585 | if (hints.flags & USPosition) |
| 12586 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 12587 | if (hints.flags & USSize) |
| 12588 | size_hints.flags |= USSize; |
| 12589 | } |
| 12590 | } |
| 12591 | |
| 12592 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12593 | no_read: |
| 12594 | #endif |
| 12595 | |
| 12596 | #ifdef PWinGravity |
| 12597 | size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity; |
| 12598 | size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity; |
| 12599 | |
| 12600 | if (user_position) |
| 12601 | { |
| 12602 | size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition; |
| 12603 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 12604 | } |
| 12605 | #endif /* PWinGravity */ |
| 12606 | |
| 12607 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 12608 | XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 12609 | #else |
| 12610 | XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 12611 | #endif |
| 12612 | } |
| 12613 | |
| 12614 | /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ |
| 12615 | |
| 12616 | void |
| 12617 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) |
| 12618 | struct frame *f; |
| 12619 | int state; |
| 12620 | { |
| 12621 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12622 | Arg al[1]; |
| 12623 | |
| 12624 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state); |
| 12625 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 12626 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12627 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 12628 | |
| 12629 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint; |
| 12630 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state; |
| 12631 | |
| 12632 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 12633 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12634 | } |
| 12635 | |
| 12636 | void |
| 12637 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id) |
| 12638 | struct frame *f; |
| 12639 | int pixmap_id; |
| 12640 | { |
| 12641 | Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
| 12642 | |
| 12643 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12644 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 12645 | #endif |
| 12646 | |
| 12647 | if (pixmap_id > 0) |
| 12648 | { |
| 12649 | icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id); |
| 12650 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap; |
| 12651 | } |
| 12652 | else |
| 12653 | { |
| 12654 | /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap. |
| 12655 | The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created, |
| 12656 | for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes. |
| 12657 | Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case, |
| 12658 | but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the |
| 12659 | right thing at all. Since there is no way to win, |
| 12660 | best to explicitly give up. */ |
| 12661 | #if 0 |
| 12662 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None; |
| 12663 | #else |
| 12664 | return; |
| 12665 | #endif |
| 12666 | } |
| 12667 | |
| 12668 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */ |
| 12669 | |
| 12670 | { |
| 12671 | Arg al[1]; |
| 12672 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap); |
| 12673 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 12674 | } |
| 12675 | |
| 12676 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12677 | |
| 12678 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; |
| 12679 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 12680 | |
| 12681 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 12682 | } |
| 12683 | |
| 12684 | void |
| 12685 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
| 12686 | struct frame *f; |
| 12687 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
| 12688 | { |
| 12689 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 12690 | Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 12691 | #else |
| 12692 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 12693 | #endif |
| 12694 | |
| 12695 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
| 12696 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; |
| 12697 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; |
| 12698 | |
| 12699 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 12700 | } |
| 12701 | |
| 12702 | \f |
| 12703 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 12704 | Fonts |
| 12705 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 12706 | |
| 12707 | /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */ |
| 12708 | |
| 12709 | struct font_info * |
| 12710 | x_get_font_info (f, font_idx) |
| 12711 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 12712 | int font_idx; |
| 12713 | { |
| 12714 | return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx); |
| 12715 | } |
| 12716 | |
| 12717 | |
| 12718 | /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame |
| 12719 | F. If SIZE is not 0, it is the size (maximum bound width) of fonts |
| 12720 | to be listed. Frame F NULL means we have not yet created any |
| 12721 | frame on X, and consult the first display in x_display_list. |
| 12722 | MAXNAMES sets a limit on how many fonts to match. */ |
| 12723 | |
| 12724 | Lisp_Object |
| 12725 | x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames) |
| 12726 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 12727 | Lisp_Object pattern; |
| 12728 | int size; |
| 12729 | int maxnames; |
| 12730 | { |
| 12731 | Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key = Qnil; |
| 12732 | Lisp_Object tem, second_best; |
| 12733 | Display *dpy = f != NULL ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) : x_display_list->display; |
| 12734 | int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; |
| 12735 | int count; |
| 12736 | |
| 12737 | patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist); |
| 12738 | if (NILP (patterns)) |
| 12739 | patterns = Fcons (pattern, Qnil); |
| 12740 | |
| 12741 | if (maxnames == 1 && !size) |
| 12742 | /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */ |
| 12743 | try_XLoadQueryFont = 1; |
| 12744 | |
| 12745 | for (; CONSP (patterns); patterns = XCDR (patterns)) |
| 12746 | { |
| 12747 | int num_fonts; |
| 12748 | char **names = NULL; |
| 12749 | |
| 12750 | pattern = XCAR (patterns); |
| 12751 | /* See if we cached the result for this particular query. |
| 12752 | The cache is an alist of the form: |
| 12753 | (((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) |
| 12754 | */ |
| 12755 | if (f && (tem = XCDR (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->name_list_element), |
| 12756 | key = Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames)), |
| 12757 | !NILP (list = Fassoc (key, tem)))) |
| 12758 | { |
| 12759 | list = Fcdr_safe (list); |
| 12760 | /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */ |
| 12761 | goto label_cached; |
| 12762 | } |
| 12763 | |
| 12764 | /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */ |
| 12765 | |
| 12766 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12767 | count = x_catch_errors (dpy); |
| 12768 | |
| 12769 | if (try_XLoadQueryFont) |
| 12770 | { |
| 12771 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 12772 | unsigned long value; |
| 12773 | |
| 12774 | font = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, XSTRING (pattern)->data); |
| 12775 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) |
| 12776 | { |
| 12777 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 12778 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 12779 | font = NULL; |
| 12780 | x_clear_errors (dpy); |
| 12781 | } |
| 12782 | |
| 12783 | if (font |
| 12784 | && XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value)) |
| 12785 | { |
| 12786 | char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy, (Atom) value); |
| 12787 | int len = strlen (name); |
| 12788 | char *tmp; |
| 12789 | |
| 12790 | /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor) |
| 12791 | Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null |
| 12792 | string. We must avoid such a name. */ |
| 12793 | if (len == 0) |
| 12794 | try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; |
| 12795 | else |
| 12796 | { |
| 12797 | num_fonts = 1; |
| 12798 | names = (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *)); |
| 12799 | /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a |
| 12800 | simple var. */ |
| 12801 | tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 1); names[0] = tmp; |
| 12802 | bcopy (name, names[0], len + 1); |
| 12803 | XFree (name); |
| 12804 | } |
| 12805 | } |
| 12806 | else |
| 12807 | try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; |
| 12808 | |
| 12809 | if (font) |
| 12810 | XFreeFont (dpy, font); |
| 12811 | } |
| 12812 | |
| 12813 | if (!try_XLoadQueryFont) |
| 12814 | { |
| 12815 | /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return |
| 12816 | auto-scaled fonts at the head. */ |
| 12817 | names = XListFonts (dpy, XSTRING (pattern)->data, max (maxnames, 10), |
| 12818 | &num_fonts); |
| 12819 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) |
| 12820 | { |
| 12821 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 12822 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 12823 | names = NULL; |
| 12824 | x_clear_errors (dpy); |
| 12825 | } |
| 12826 | } |
| 12827 | |
| 12828 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); |
| 12829 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12830 | |
| 12831 | if (names) |
| 12832 | { |
| 12833 | int i; |
| 12834 | |
| 12835 | /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back. |
| 12836 | Store that in the font cache for the display. */ |
| 12837 | for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++) |
| 12838 | { |
| 12839 | int width = 0; |
| 12840 | char *p = names[i]; |
| 12841 | int average_width = -1, dashes = 0; |
| 12842 | |
| 12843 | /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are |
| 12844 | 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash |
| 12845 | (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which |
| 12846 | is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's |
| 12847 | ignore it. */ |
| 12848 | while (*p) |
| 12849 | if (*p++ == '-') |
| 12850 | { |
| 12851 | dashes++; |
| 12852 | if (dashes == 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */ |
| 12853 | width = atoi (p); |
| 12854 | else if (dashes == 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */ |
| 12855 | average_width = atoi (p); |
| 12856 | } |
| 12857 | if (dashes < 14 || average_width != 0) |
| 12858 | { |
| 12859 | tem = build_string (names[i]); |
| 12860 | if (NILP (Fassoc (tem, list))) |
| 12861 | { |
| 12862 | if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp) |
| 12863 | && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case |
| 12864 | (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp, names[i])) |
| 12865 | >= 0)) |
| 12866 | /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the |
| 12867 | width of this font. */ |
| 12868 | list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, make_number (width)), list); |
| 12869 | else |
| 12870 | /* For the moment, width is not known. */ |
| 12871 | list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, Qnil), list); |
| 12872 | } |
| 12873 | } |
| 12874 | } |
| 12875 | if (!try_XLoadQueryFont) |
| 12876 | XFreeFontNames (names); |
| 12877 | } |
| 12878 | |
| 12879 | /* Now store the result in the cache. */ |
| 12880 | if (f != NULL) |
| 12881 | XCDR (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->name_list_element) |
| 12882 | = Fcons (Fcons (key, list), |
| 12883 | XCDR (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->name_list_element)); |
| 12884 | |
| 12885 | label_cached: |
| 12886 | if (NILP (list)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */ |
| 12887 | |
| 12888 | newlist = second_best = Qnil; |
| 12889 | /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */ |
| 12890 | for (; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list)) |
| 12891 | { |
| 12892 | int found_size; |
| 12893 | |
| 12894 | tem = XCAR (list); |
| 12895 | |
| 12896 | if (!CONSP (tem) || NILP (XCAR (tem))) |
| 12897 | continue; |
| 12898 | if (!size) |
| 12899 | { |
| 12900 | newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist); |
| 12901 | continue; |
| 12902 | } |
| 12903 | |
| 12904 | if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem))) |
| 12905 | { |
| 12906 | /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we |
| 12907 | must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */ |
| 12908 | XFontStruct *thisinfo; |
| 12909 | |
| 12910 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12911 | count = x_catch_errors (dpy); |
| 12912 | thisinfo = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, |
| 12913 | XSTRING (XCAR (tem))->data); |
| 12914 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) |
| 12915 | { |
| 12916 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 12917 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 12918 | thisinfo = NULL; |
| 12919 | x_clear_errors (dpy); |
| 12920 | } |
| 12921 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); |
| 12922 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12923 | |
| 12924 | if (thisinfo) |
| 12925 | { |
| 12926 | XCDR (tem) |
| 12927 | = (thisinfo->min_bounds.width == 0 |
| 12928 | ? make_number (0) |
| 12929 | : make_number (thisinfo->max_bounds.width)); |
| 12930 | XFreeFont (dpy, thisinfo); |
| 12931 | } |
| 12932 | else |
| 12933 | /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had |
| 12934 | returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size |
| 12935 | as 0 not to try to open it again. */ |
| 12936 | XCDR (tem) = make_number (0); |
| 12937 | } |
| 12938 | |
| 12939 | found_size = XINT (XCDR (tem)); |
| 12940 | if (found_size == size) |
| 12941 | newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist); |
| 12942 | else if (found_size > 0) |
| 12943 | { |
| 12944 | if (NILP (second_best)) |
| 12945 | second_best = tem; |
| 12946 | else if (found_size < size) |
| 12947 | { |
| 12948 | if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size |
| 12949 | || XINT (XCDR (second_best)) < found_size) |
| 12950 | second_best = tem; |
| 12951 | } |
| 12952 | else |
| 12953 | { |
| 12954 | if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size |
| 12955 | && XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > found_size) |
| 12956 | second_best = tem; |
| 12957 | } |
| 12958 | } |
| 12959 | } |
| 12960 | if (!NILP (newlist)) |
| 12961 | break; |
| 12962 | else if (!NILP (second_best)) |
| 12963 | { |
| 12964 | newlist = Fcons (XCAR (second_best), Qnil); |
| 12965 | break; |
| 12966 | } |
| 12967 | } |
| 12968 | |
| 12969 | return newlist; |
| 12970 | } |
| 12971 | |
| 12972 | |
| 12973 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 12974 | |
| 12975 | /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's |
| 12976 | font table. */ |
| 12977 | |
| 12978 | static void |
| 12979 | x_check_font (f, font) |
| 12980 | struct frame *f; |
| 12981 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 12982 | { |
| 12983 | int i; |
| 12984 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 12985 | |
| 12986 | xassert (font != NULL); |
| 12987 | |
| 12988 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 12989 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 12990 | && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font) |
| 12991 | break; |
| 12992 | |
| 12993 | xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts); |
| 12994 | } |
| 12995 | |
| 12996 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ |
| 12997 | |
| 12998 | /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT. |
| 12999 | Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct |
| 13000 | min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that |
| 13001 | "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts |
| 13002 | have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */ |
| 13003 | |
| 13004 | static INLINE void |
| 13005 | x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h) |
| 13006 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 13007 | int *w, *h; |
| 13008 | { |
| 13009 | *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 13010 | *w = font->min_bounds.width; |
| 13011 | |
| 13012 | /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid |
| 13013 | contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds |
| 13014 | is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */ |
| 13015 | if (*w <= 0) |
| 13016 | *w = font->max_bounds.width; |
| 13017 | } |
| 13018 | |
| 13019 | |
| 13020 | /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over |
| 13021 | all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width |
| 13022 | and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to |
| 13023 | the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or |
| 13024 | smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */ |
| 13025 | |
| 13026 | static int |
| 13027 | x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f) |
| 13028 | struct frame *f; |
| 13029 | { |
| 13030 | int i; |
| 13031 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 13032 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 13033 | int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width; |
| 13034 | int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height; |
| 13035 | |
| 13036 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000; |
| 13037 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000; |
| 13038 | |
| 13039 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 13040 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name) |
| 13041 | { |
| 13042 | struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 13043 | int w, h; |
| 13044 | |
| 13045 | font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font; |
| 13046 | xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0); |
| 13047 | x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h); |
| 13048 | |
| 13049 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h); |
| 13050 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w); |
| 13051 | } |
| 13052 | |
| 13053 | xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0 |
| 13054 | && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0); |
| 13055 | |
| 13056 | return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1 |
| 13057 | || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width |
| 13058 | || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height); |
| 13059 | } |
| 13060 | |
| 13061 | |
| 13062 | /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a |
| 13063 | pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically. |
| 13064 | If SIZE is 0, load any size of font. |
| 13065 | If loading is failed, return NULL. */ |
| 13066 | |
| 13067 | struct font_info * |
| 13068 | x_load_font (f, fontname, size) |
| 13069 | struct frame *f; |
| 13070 | register char *fontname; |
| 13071 | int size; |
| 13072 | { |
| 13073 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 13074 | Lisp_Object font_names; |
| 13075 | int count; |
| 13076 | |
| 13077 | /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we |
| 13078 | have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts |
| 13079 | we already have by comparing names. */ |
| 13080 | font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1); |
| 13081 | |
| 13082 | if (!NILP (font_names)) |
| 13083 | { |
| 13084 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 13085 | int i; |
| 13086 | |
| 13087 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 13088 | for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 13089 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 13090 | && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, |
| 13091 | XSTRING (XCAR (tail))->data) |
| 13092 | || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, |
| 13093 | XSTRING (XCAR (tail))->data))) |
| 13094 | return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); |
| 13095 | } |
| 13096 | |
| 13097 | /* Load the font and add it to the table. */ |
| 13098 | { |
| 13099 | char *full_name; |
| 13100 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 13101 | struct font_info *fontp; |
| 13102 | unsigned long value; |
| 13103 | int i; |
| 13104 | |
| 13105 | /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If |
| 13106 | not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME |
| 13107 | because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has |
| 13108 | a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and |
| 13109 | is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */ |
| 13110 | if (size > 0 && !NILP (font_names)) |
| 13111 | fontname = (char *) XSTRING (XCAR (font_names))->data; |
| 13112 | |
| 13113 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13114 | count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 13115 | font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), fontname); |
| 13116 | if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))) |
| 13117 | { |
| 13118 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 13119 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 13120 | font = NULL; |
| 13121 | x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 13122 | } |
| 13123 | x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count); |
| 13124 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13125 | if (!font) |
| 13126 | return NULL; |
| 13127 | |
| 13128 | /* Find a free slot in the font table. */ |
| 13129 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 13130 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL) |
| 13131 | break; |
| 13132 | |
| 13133 | /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */ |
| 13134 | if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts |
| 13135 | && dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size) |
| 13136 | { |
| 13137 | int sz; |
| 13138 | dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size); |
| 13139 | sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table; |
| 13140 | dpyinfo->font_table |
| 13141 | = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz); |
| 13142 | } |
| 13143 | |
| 13144 | fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 13145 | if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts) |
| 13146 | ++dpyinfo->n_fonts; |
| 13147 | |
| 13148 | /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */ |
| 13149 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13150 | fontp->font = font; |
| 13151 | fontp->font_idx = i; |
| 13152 | fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); |
| 13153 | bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1); |
| 13154 | |
| 13155 | /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */ |
| 13156 | full_name = 0; |
| 13157 | if (XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value)) |
| 13158 | { |
| 13159 | char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), (Atom) value); |
| 13160 | char *p = name; |
| 13161 | int dashes = 0; |
| 13162 | |
| 13163 | /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name". |
| 13164 | If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name, |
| 13165 | so don't use it. |
| 13166 | In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names |
| 13167 | stored in them. */ |
| 13168 | while (*p) |
| 13169 | { |
| 13170 | if (*p == '-') |
| 13171 | dashes++; |
| 13172 | p++; |
| 13173 | } |
| 13174 | |
| 13175 | if (dashes >= 13) |
| 13176 | { |
| 13177 | full_name = (char *) xmalloc (p - name + 1); |
| 13178 | bcopy (name, full_name, p - name + 1); |
| 13179 | } |
| 13180 | |
| 13181 | XFree (name); |
| 13182 | } |
| 13183 | |
| 13184 | if (full_name != 0) |
| 13185 | fontp->full_name = full_name; |
| 13186 | else |
| 13187 | fontp->full_name = fontp->name; |
| 13188 | |
| 13189 | fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width; |
| 13190 | fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 13191 | { |
| 13192 | /* For some font, ascent and descent in max_bounds field is |
| 13193 | larger than the above value. */ |
| 13194 | int max_height = font->max_bounds.ascent + font->max_bounds.descent; |
| 13195 | if (max_height > fontp->height) |
| 13196 | fontp->height = max_height; |
| 13197 | } |
| 13198 | |
| 13199 | if (NILP (font_names)) |
| 13200 | { |
| 13201 | /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at |
| 13202 | the head of this block. Let's store this information in |
| 13203 | the cache for x_list_fonts. */ |
| 13204 | Lisp_Object lispy_name = build_string (fontname); |
| 13205 | Lisp_Object lispy_full_name = build_string (fontp->full_name); |
| 13206 | |
| 13207 | XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element) |
| 13208 | = Fcons (Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name, make_number (256)), |
| 13209 | Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, |
| 13210 | make_number (fontp->size)), |
| 13211 | Qnil)), |
| 13212 | XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)); |
| 13213 | if (full_name) |
| 13214 | XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element) |
| 13215 | = Fcons (Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, make_number (256)), |
| 13216 | Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, |
| 13217 | make_number (fontp->size)), |
| 13218 | Qnil)), |
| 13219 | XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element)); |
| 13220 | } |
| 13221 | |
| 13222 | /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character |
| 13223 | code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to |
| 13224 | the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or |
| 13225 | (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, |
| 13226 | 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset |
| 13227 | uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1] |
| 13228 | which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be |
| 13229 | decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */ |
| 13230 | fontp->encoding[1] |
| 13231 | = (font->max_byte1 == 0 |
| 13232 | /* 1-byte font */ |
| 13233 | ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 13234 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 13235 | ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */ |
| 13236 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */ |
| 13237 | : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */ |
| 13238 | /* 2-byte font */ |
| 13239 | : (font->min_byte1 < 0x80 |
| 13240 | ? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80 |
| 13241 | ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 13242 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 13243 | ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */ |
| 13244 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */ |
| 13245 | : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */ |
| 13246 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */ |
| 13247 | : (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 13248 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 13249 | ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */ |
| 13250 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */ |
| 13251 | : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */ |
| 13252 | |
| 13253 | fontp->baseline_offset |
| 13254 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value) |
| 13255 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 13256 | fontp->relative_compose |
| 13257 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value) |
| 13258 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 13259 | fontp->default_ascent |
| 13260 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value) |
| 13261 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 13262 | |
| 13263 | /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded |
| 13264 | has a character with a smaller width than any other character |
| 13265 | before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any |
| 13266 | other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a |
| 13267 | glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */ |
| 13268 | fonts_changed_p = x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f); |
| 13269 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13270 | return fontp; |
| 13271 | } |
| 13272 | } |
| 13273 | |
| 13274 | |
| 13275 | /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for |
| 13276 | frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */ |
| 13277 | |
| 13278 | struct font_info * |
| 13279 | x_query_font (f, fontname) |
| 13280 | struct frame *f; |
| 13281 | register char *fontname; |
| 13282 | { |
| 13283 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 13284 | int i; |
| 13285 | |
| 13286 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 13287 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 13288 | && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname) |
| 13289 | || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname))) |
| 13290 | return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); |
| 13291 | return NULL; |
| 13292 | } |
| 13293 | |
| 13294 | |
| 13295 | /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member |
| 13296 | `encoder' of the structure. */ |
| 13297 | |
| 13298 | void |
| 13299 | x_find_ccl_program (fontp) |
| 13300 | struct font_info *fontp; |
| 13301 | { |
| 13302 | Lisp_Object list, elt; |
| 13303 | |
| 13304 | elt = Qnil; |
| 13305 | for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list)) |
| 13306 | { |
| 13307 | elt = XCAR (list); |
| 13308 | if (CONSP (elt) |
| 13309 | && STRINGP (XCAR (elt)) |
| 13310 | && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->name) |
| 13311 | >= 0) |
| 13312 | || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->full_name) |
| 13313 | >= 0))) |
| 13314 | break; |
| 13315 | } |
| 13316 | |
| 13317 | if (! NILP (list)) |
| 13318 | { |
| 13319 | struct ccl_program *ccl |
| 13320 | = (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program)); |
| 13321 | |
| 13322 | if (setup_ccl_program (ccl, XCDR (elt)) < 0) |
| 13323 | xfree (ccl); |
| 13324 | else |
| 13325 | fontp->font_encoder = ccl; |
| 13326 | } |
| 13327 | } |
| 13328 | |
| 13329 | |
| 13330 | \f |
| 13331 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 13332 | Initialization |
| 13333 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 13334 | |
| 13335 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 13336 | static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { |
| 13337 | {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 13338 | {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, |
| 13339 | |
| 13340 | {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", |
| 13341 | XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 13342 | {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 13343 | |
| 13344 | {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13345 | {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13346 | {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13347 | {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13348 | {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13349 | {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13350 | {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} |
| 13351 | }; |
| 13352 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 13353 | |
| 13354 | static int x_initialized; |
| 13355 | |
| 13356 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 13357 | /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates |
| 13358 | the screen number from the server number. */ |
| 13359 | static int |
| 13360 | same_x_server (name1, name2) |
| 13361 | char *name1, *name2; |
| 13362 | { |
| 13363 | int seen_colon = 0; |
| 13364 | unsigned char *system_name = XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data; |
| 13365 | int system_name_length = strlen (system_name); |
| 13366 | int length_until_period = 0; |
| 13367 | |
| 13368 | while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0 |
| 13369 | && system_name[length_until_period] != '.') |
| 13370 | length_until_period++; |
| 13371 | |
| 13372 | /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */ |
| 13373 | if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5)) |
| 13374 | name1 += 4; |
| 13375 | if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5)) |
| 13376 | name2 += 4; |
| 13377 | /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */ |
| 13378 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 13379 | && name1[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 13380 | name1 += system_name_length; |
| 13381 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 13382 | && name2[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 13383 | name2 += system_name_length; |
| 13384 | /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */ |
| 13385 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 13386 | && name1[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 13387 | name1 += length_until_period; |
| 13388 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 13389 | && name2[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 13390 | name2 += length_until_period; |
| 13391 | |
| 13392 | for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++) |
| 13393 | { |
| 13394 | if (*name1 == ':') |
| 13395 | seen_colon++; |
| 13396 | if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.') |
| 13397 | return 1; |
| 13398 | } |
| 13399 | return (seen_colon |
| 13400 | && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0') |
| 13401 | && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0')); |
| 13402 | } |
| 13403 | #endif |
| 13404 | |
| 13405 | struct x_display_info * |
| 13406 | x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
| 13407 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 13408 | char *xrm_option; |
| 13409 | char *resource_name; |
| 13410 | { |
| 13411 | int connection; |
| 13412 | Display *dpy; |
| 13413 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 13414 | XrmDatabase xrdb; |
| 13415 | |
| 13416 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13417 | |
| 13418 | if (!x_initialized) |
| 13419 | { |
| 13420 | x_initialize (); |
| 13421 | x_initialized = 1; |
| 13422 | } |
| 13423 | |
| 13424 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 13425 | /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes |
| 13426 | errors with X11R5: |
| 13427 | X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter) |
| 13428 | on protocol request 18skiloaf. |
| 13429 | So let's not use it until R6. */ |
| 13430 | #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 |
| 13431 | XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 13432 | #endif |
| 13433 | |
| 13434 | { |
| 13435 | int argc = 0; |
| 13436 | char *argv[3]; |
| 13437 | |
| 13438 | argv[0] = ""; |
| 13439 | argc = 1; |
| 13440 | if (xrm_option) |
| 13441 | { |
| 13442 | argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; |
| 13443 | argv[argc++] = xrm_option; |
| 13444 | } |
| 13445 | dpy = XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con, XSTRING (display_name)->data, |
| 13446 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS, |
| 13447 | emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options), |
| 13448 | &argc, argv); |
| 13449 | |
| 13450 | #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 |
| 13451 | /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */ |
| 13452 | fixup_locale (); |
| 13453 | #endif |
| 13454 | } |
| 13455 | |
| 13456 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 13457 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 |
| 13458 | XSetLocaleModifiers (""); |
| 13459 | #endif |
| 13460 | dpy = XOpenDisplay (XSTRING (display_name)->data); |
| 13461 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 13462 | |
| 13463 | /* Detect failure. */ |
| 13464 | if (dpy == 0) |
| 13465 | { |
| 13466 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13467 | return 0; |
| 13468 | } |
| 13469 | |
| 13470 | /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */ |
| 13471 | |
| 13472 | dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info)); |
| 13473 | bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof *dpyinfo); |
| 13474 | |
| 13475 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 13476 | { |
| 13477 | struct x_display_info *share; |
| 13478 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 13479 | |
| 13480 | for (share = x_display_list, tail = x_display_name_list; share; |
| 13481 | share = share->next, tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 13482 | if (same_x_server (XSTRING (XCAR (XCAR (tail)))->data, |
| 13483 | XSTRING (display_name)->data)) |
| 13484 | break; |
| 13485 | if (share) |
| 13486 | dpyinfo->kboard = share->kboard; |
| 13487 | else |
| 13488 | { |
| 13489 | dpyinfo->kboard = (KBOARD *) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD)); |
| 13490 | init_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); |
| 13491 | if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms)->function, Qunbound)) |
| 13492 | { |
| 13493 | char *vendor = ServerVendor (dpy); |
| 13494 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13495 | dpyinfo->kboard->Vsystem_key_alist |
| 13496 | = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms, |
| 13497 | build_string (vendor ? vendor : "")); |
| 13498 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13499 | } |
| 13500 | |
| 13501 | dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards; |
| 13502 | all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard; |
| 13503 | /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary. |
| 13504 | That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to |
| 13505 | prompt in the mini-buffer. */ |
| 13506 | if (current_kboard == initial_kboard) |
| 13507 | current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard; |
| 13508 | } |
| 13509 | dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++; |
| 13510 | } |
| 13511 | #endif |
| 13512 | |
| 13513 | /* Put this display on the chain. */ |
| 13514 | dpyinfo->next = x_display_list; |
| 13515 | x_display_list = dpyinfo; |
| 13516 | |
| 13517 | /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */ |
| 13518 | x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), |
| 13519 | x_display_name_list); |
| 13520 | dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (x_display_name_list); |
| 13521 | |
| 13522 | dpyinfo->display = dpy; |
| 13523 | |
| 13524 | #if 0 |
| 13525 | XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire); |
| 13526 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 13527 | |
| 13528 | dpyinfo->x_id_name |
| 13529 | = (char *) xmalloc (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)) |
| 13530 | + STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vsystem_name)) |
| 13531 | + 2); |
| 13532 | sprintf (dpyinfo->x_id_name, "%s@%s", |
| 13533 | XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data); |
| 13534 | |
| 13535 | /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */ |
| 13536 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); |
| 13537 | |
| 13538 | /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */ |
| 13539 | dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor |
| 13540 | = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo->display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow); |
| 13541 | |
| 13542 | xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option, |
| 13543 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 13544 | #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE |
| 13545 | XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo->display, xrdb); |
| 13546 | #else |
| 13547 | dpyinfo->display->db = xrdb; |
| 13548 | #endif |
| 13549 | /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on |
| 13550 | all versions. */ |
| 13551 | dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb; |
| 13552 | |
| 13553 | dpyinfo->screen = ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo->display, |
| 13554 | DefaultScreen (dpyinfo->display)); |
| 13555 | select_visual (dpyinfo); |
| 13556 | dpyinfo->cmap = DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 13557 | dpyinfo->height = HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 13558 | dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 13559 | dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 13560 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 13561 | dpyinfo->reference_count = 0; |
| 13562 | dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1; |
| 13563 | dpyinfo->font_table = NULL; |
| 13564 | dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; |
| 13565 | dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0; |
| 13566 | dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0; |
| 13567 | dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0; |
| 13568 | dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0; |
| 13569 | dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0; |
| 13570 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 13571 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 13572 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 13573 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 13574 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID; |
| 13575 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 13576 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0; |
| 13577 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 13578 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; |
| 13579 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 13580 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 13581 | dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache (); |
| 13582 | |
| 13583 | /* See if a private colormap is requested. */ |
| 13584 | if (dpyinfo->visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen)) |
| 13585 | { |
| 13586 | if (dpyinfo->visual->class == PseudoColor) |
| 13587 | { |
| 13588 | Lisp_Object value; |
| 13589 | value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo, |
| 13590 | build_string ("privateColormap"), |
| 13591 | build_string ("PrivateColormap"), |
| 13592 | Qnil, Qnil); |
| 13593 | if (STRINGP (value) |
| 13594 | && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "true") |
| 13595 | || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "on"))) |
| 13596 | dpyinfo->cmap = XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->cmap); |
| 13597 | } |
| 13598 | } |
| 13599 | else |
| 13600 | dpyinfo->cmap = XCreateColormap (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, |
| 13601 | dpyinfo->visual, AllocNone); |
| 13602 | |
| 13603 | { |
| 13604 | int screen_number = XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 13605 | double pixels = DisplayHeight (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 13606 | double mm = DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 13607 | dpyinfo->resy = pixels * 25.4 / mm; |
| 13608 | pixels = DisplayWidth (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 13609 | mm = DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 13610 | dpyinfo->resx = pixels * 25.4 / mm; |
| 13611 | } |
| 13612 | |
| 13613 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols |
| 13614 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False); |
| 13615 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus |
| 13616 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False); |
| 13617 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself |
| 13618 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False); |
| 13619 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window |
| 13620 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False); |
| 13621 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_change_state |
| 13622 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False); |
| 13623 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied |
| 13624 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False); |
| 13625 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved |
| 13626 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_MOVED", False); |
| 13627 | dpyinfo->Xatom_editres |
| 13628 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "Editres", False); |
| 13629 | dpyinfo->Xatom_CLIPBOARD |
| 13630 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "CLIPBOARD", False); |
| 13631 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TIMESTAMP |
| 13632 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TIMESTAMP", False); |
| 13633 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TEXT |
| 13634 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TEXT", False); |
| 13635 | dpyinfo->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT |
| 13636 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False); |
| 13637 | dpyinfo->Xatom_DELETE |
| 13638 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DELETE", False); |
| 13639 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULTIPLE |
| 13640 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "MULTIPLE", False); |
| 13641 | dpyinfo->Xatom_INCR |
| 13642 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "INCR", False); |
| 13643 | dpyinfo->Xatom_EMACS_TMP |
| 13644 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_EMACS_TMP_", False); |
| 13645 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TARGETS |
| 13646 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TARGETS", False); |
| 13647 | dpyinfo->Xatom_NULL |
| 13648 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "NULL", False); |
| 13649 | dpyinfo->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR |
| 13650 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "ATOM_PAIR", False); |
| 13651 | /* For properties of font. */ |
| 13652 | dpyinfo->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE |
| 13653 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PIXEL_SIZE", False); |
| 13654 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET |
| 13655 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False); |
| 13656 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE |
| 13657 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False); |
| 13658 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT |
| 13659 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False); |
| 13660 | |
| 13661 | /* Ghostscript support. */ |
| 13662 | dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PAGE", False); |
| 13663 | dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DONE", False); |
| 13664 | |
| 13665 | dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "SCROLLBAR", |
| 13666 | False); |
| 13667 | |
| 13668 | dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0; |
| 13669 | |
| 13670 | connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display); |
| 13671 | dpyinfo->connection = connection; |
| 13672 | |
| 13673 | { |
| 13674 | char null_bits[1]; |
| 13675 | |
| 13676 | null_bits[0] = 0x00; |
| 13677 | |
| 13678 | dpyinfo->null_pixel |
| 13679 | = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, |
| 13680 | null_bits, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0, |
| 13681 | 1); |
| 13682 | } |
| 13683 | |
| 13684 | { |
| 13685 | extern int gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height; |
| 13686 | extern unsigned char *gray_bitmap_bits; |
| 13687 | dpyinfo->gray |
| 13688 | = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, |
| 13689 | gray_bitmap_bits, |
| 13690 | gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height, |
| 13691 | (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1); |
| 13692 | } |
| 13693 | |
| 13694 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 13695 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name); |
| 13696 | #endif |
| 13697 | |
| 13698 | #ifdef subprocesses |
| 13699 | /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */ |
| 13700 | if (connection != 0) |
| 13701 | add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection); |
| 13702 | #endif |
| 13703 | |
| 13704 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
| 13705 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
| 13706 | #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG |
| 13707 | /* stdin is a socket here */ |
| 13708 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); |
| 13709 | #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 13710 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
| 13711 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 13712 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
| 13713 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
| 13714 | |
| 13715 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 13716 | if (interrupt_input) |
| 13717 | init_sigio (connection); |
| 13718 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
| 13719 | |
| 13720 | #ifdef USE_LUCID |
| 13721 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */ |
| 13722 | /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes |
| 13723 | so that Xt does not crash. */ |
| 13724 | { |
| 13725 | Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display; |
| 13726 | XrmValue d, fr, to; |
| 13727 | Font font; |
| 13728 | int count; |
| 13729 | |
| 13730 | d.addr = (XPointer)&dpy; |
| 13731 | d.size = sizeof (Display *); |
| 13732 | fr.addr = XtDefaultFont; |
| 13733 | fr.size = sizeof (XtDefaultFont); |
| 13734 | to.size = sizeof (Font *); |
| 13735 | to.addr = (XPointer)&font; |
| 13736 | count = x_catch_errors (dpy); |
| 13737 | if (!XtCallConverter (dpy, XtCvtStringToFont, &d, 1, &fr, &to, NULL)) |
| 13738 | abort (); |
| 13739 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy) || !XQueryFont (dpy, font)) |
| 13740 | XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15"); |
| 13741 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); |
| 13742 | } |
| 13743 | #endif |
| 13744 | #endif |
| 13745 | |
| 13746 | /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful |
| 13747 | for debugging X code. */ |
| 13748 | { |
| 13749 | Lisp_Object value; |
| 13750 | value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo, |
| 13751 | build_string ("synchronous"), |
| 13752 | build_string ("Synchronous"), |
| 13753 | Qnil, Qnil); |
| 13754 | if (STRINGP (value) |
| 13755 | && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "true") |
| 13756 | || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "on"))) |
| 13757 | XSynchronize (dpyinfo->display, True); |
| 13758 | } |
| 13759 | |
| 13760 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13761 | |
| 13762 | return dpyinfo; |
| 13763 | } |
| 13764 | \f |
| 13765 | /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone, |
| 13766 | and without sending any more commands to the X server. */ |
| 13767 | |
| 13768 | void |
| 13769 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo) |
| 13770 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 13771 | { |
| 13772 | delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo->connection); |
| 13773 | |
| 13774 | /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list. |
| 13775 | We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ |
| 13776 | if (! NILP (x_display_name_list) |
| 13777 | && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 13778 | x_display_name_list = XCDR (x_display_name_list); |
| 13779 | else |
| 13780 | { |
| 13781 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 13782 | |
| 13783 | tail = x_display_name_list; |
| 13784 | while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail))) |
| 13785 | { |
| 13786 | if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 13787 | { |
| 13788 | XCDR (tail) = XCDR (XCDR (tail)); |
| 13789 | break; |
| 13790 | } |
| 13791 | tail = XCDR (tail); |
| 13792 | } |
| 13793 | } |
| 13794 | |
| 13795 | if (next_noop_dpyinfo == dpyinfo) |
| 13796 | next_noop_dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next; |
| 13797 | |
| 13798 | if (x_display_list == dpyinfo) |
| 13799 | x_display_list = dpyinfo->next; |
| 13800 | else |
| 13801 | { |
| 13802 | struct x_display_info *tail; |
| 13803 | |
| 13804 | for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next) |
| 13805 | if (tail->next == dpyinfo) |
| 13806 | tail->next = tail->next->next; |
| 13807 | } |
| 13808 | |
| 13809 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */ |
| 13810 | #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */ |
| 13811 | XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo->xrdb); |
| 13812 | #endif |
| 13813 | #endif |
| 13814 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 13815 | if (--dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count == 0) |
| 13816 | delete_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); |
| 13817 | #endif |
| 13818 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 13819 | if (dpyinfo->xim) |
| 13820 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo); |
| 13821 | #endif |
| 13822 | |
| 13823 | xfree (dpyinfo->font_table); |
| 13824 | xfree (dpyinfo->x_id_name); |
| 13825 | xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells); |
| 13826 | xfree (dpyinfo); |
| 13827 | } |
| 13828 | |
| 13829 | \f |
| 13830 | /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */ |
| 13831 | |
| 13832 | static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface = |
| 13833 | { |
| 13834 | x_produce_glyphs, |
| 13835 | x_write_glyphs, |
| 13836 | x_insert_glyphs, |
| 13837 | x_clear_end_of_line, |
| 13838 | x_scroll_run, |
| 13839 | x_after_update_window_line, |
| 13840 | x_update_window_begin, |
| 13841 | x_update_window_end, |
| 13842 | XTcursor_to, |
| 13843 | x_flush, |
| 13844 | x_clear_mouse_face, |
| 13845 | x_get_glyph_overhangs, |
| 13846 | x_fix_overlapping_area |
| 13847 | }; |
| 13848 | |
| 13849 | void |
| 13850 | x_initialize () |
| 13851 | { |
| 13852 | rif = &x_redisplay_interface; |
| 13853 | |
| 13854 | clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame; |
| 13855 | ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines; |
| 13856 | change_line_highlight_hook = x_change_line_highlight; |
| 13857 | delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs; |
| 13858 | ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; |
| 13859 | reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; |
| 13860 | set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; |
| 13861 | update_begin_hook = x_update_begin; |
| 13862 | update_end_hook = x_update_end; |
| 13863 | set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; |
| 13864 | read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; |
| 13865 | frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; |
| 13866 | reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight; |
| 13867 | mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; |
| 13868 | frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; |
| 13869 | frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower; |
| 13870 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar; |
| 13871 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; |
| 13872 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; |
| 13873 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; |
| 13874 | estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height; |
| 13875 | |
| 13876 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
| 13877 | char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */ |
| 13878 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ |
| 13879 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ |
| 13880 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
| 13881 | off the bottom */ |
| 13882 | baud_rate = 19200; |
| 13883 | |
| 13884 | x_noop_count = 0; |
| 13885 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 13886 | any_help_event_p = 0; |
| 13887 | |
| 13888 | /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ |
| 13889 | Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); |
| 13890 | |
| 13891 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 13892 | XtToolkitInitialize (); |
| 13893 | Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext (); |
| 13894 | XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources); |
| 13895 | |
| 13896 | /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events |
| 13897 | every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use |
| 13898 | timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the |
| 13899 | Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these |
| 13900 | widgets don't behave normally. */ |
| 13901 | { |
| 13902 | EMACS_TIME interval; |
| 13903 | EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); |
| 13904 | start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, interval, x_process_timeouts, 0); |
| 13905 | } |
| 13906 | #endif |
| 13907 | |
| 13908 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 13909 | xaw3d_arrow_scroll = False; |
| 13910 | xaw3d_pick_top = True; |
| 13911 | #endif |
| 13912 | |
| 13913 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
| 13914 | original error handler. */ |
| 13915 | XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler); |
| 13916 | XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter); |
| 13917 | |
| 13918 | /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ |
| 13919 | #ifdef SIGWINCH |
| 13920 | signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); |
| 13921 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */ |
| 13922 | |
| 13923 | signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal); |
| 13924 | } |
| 13925 | |
| 13926 | |
| 13927 | void |
| 13928 | syms_of_xterm () |
| 13929 | { |
| 13930 | staticpro (&x_error_message_string); |
| 13931 | x_error_message_string = Qnil; |
| 13932 | |
| 13933 | staticpro (&x_display_name_list); |
| 13934 | x_display_name_list = Qnil; |
| 13935 | |
| 13936 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 13937 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 13938 | |
| 13939 | staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); |
| 13940 | Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); |
| 13941 | |
| 13942 | staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame); |
| 13943 | last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; |
| 13944 | |
| 13945 | help_echo = Qnil; |
| 13946 | staticpro (&help_echo); |
| 13947 | help_echo_object = Qnil; |
| 13948 | staticpro (&help_echo_object); |
| 13949 | help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 13950 | staticpro (&help_echo_window); |
| 13951 | previous_help_echo = Qnil; |
| 13952 | staticpro (&previous_help_echo); |
| 13953 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 13954 | |
| 13955 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p, |
| 13956 | "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\ |
| 13957 | For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\ |
| 13958 | wide as that tab on the display."); |
| 13959 | x_stretch_cursor_p = 0; |
| 13960 | |
| 13961 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars-p", &x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p, |
| 13962 | "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars."); |
| 13963 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 13964 | x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 1; |
| 13965 | #else |
| 13966 | x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 0; |
| 13967 | #endif |
| 13968 | |
| 13969 | staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame); |
| 13970 | last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil; |
| 13971 | } |
| 13972 | |
| 13973 | #endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |